ZYXEL NWA/WAC/WAX Series 802.11 a/b/g/n/ac/ax Access Point User Guide

User Guide for ZYXEL models including: NWA WAC WAX Series 802.11 a b g n ac ax Access Point

File Info : application/pdf, 322 Pages, 7.88MB

NWA1123ACv3 V1.0

User's Guide
NWA/WAC/WAX Series
802.11 a/b/g/n/ac/ax Access Point

Default Login Details

Management IP Address
User Name Password

http://DHCP-assigned IP OR
http://192.168.1.2
admin
1234

Version 6.20 Edition 1, 4/2021

IMPO RTANT!
READ C AREFULLY BEFO RE USE.
KEEP THIS G UIDE FO R FUTURE REFERENC E.
This is a User's Guide for a series of products. Not all products support all firmware features. Screenshots and graphics in this book may differ slightly from your product due to differences in your product hardware, firmware, or your computer operating system. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information in this manual is accurate. Some screens or options in this book may not be available for your product (see the product feature tables in Section 1.4 on page 19).
Re la te d Do c um e nta tio n
· Quick Start Guide The Quick Start Guide shows how to connect the Zyxel Device and access the Web Configurator.
· CLI Reference Guide The CLI Reference Guide explains how to use the Command-Line Interface (CLI) and CLI commands to configure the Zyxel Device.
Note: It is recommended you use the Web Configurator to configure the Zyxel Device. · Web Configurator Online Help
Click the help icon in any screen for help in configuring that screen and supplementary information. · Nebula Control Center User's Guide
This User's Guide shows how to manage the Zyxel Device remotely. The features of these devices can be managed through Nebula Control Center. It also offers features that are not available when the Zyxel Device is in standalone mode (see Section 2.1.2 on page 27). · NXC Series User's Guide See this User's Guide for instructions on using the NXC as an AP Controller (AC) for the Zyxel Device. This is used when the Zyxel Device is set to be managed by a Zyxel AC. · More Information Go to suppo rt.zyxe l.c o m to find other information on the Zyxel Device.
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
2

Do c um e nt C o nve ntio ns

Wa rning s a nd No te s
These are how warnings and notes are shown in this guide.
Wa rning s te ll yo u a b o ut thing s tha t c o uld ha rm yo u o r yo ur de vic e .
Note: Notes tell you other important information (for example, other things you may need to configure or helpful tips) or recommendations.
Synta x C o nve ntio ns
· All models in this series may be referred to as the "Zyxel Device" in this guide. · Product labels, screen names, field labels and field choices are all in bo ld font. · A right angle bracket ( > ) within a screen name denotes a mouse click. For example, C o nfig ura tio n >
Ne two rk > IP Se tting means you first click C o nfig ura tio n in the navigation panel, then the Ne two rk sub menu and finally the IP Se tting tab to get to that screen.
Ic o ns Use d in Fig ure s
Figures in this guide may use the following generic icons. The Zyxel Device icon is not an exact representation of your device.

Zyxel Device

Router

Switch

Internet

Server

Desktop

Laptop

AP Controller

Printer IP Phone

Nebula Switch

Nebula Gateway

Smart T.V.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
3

Contents Overview
C o nte nts O ve rvie w
Introduction ........................................................................................................................................... 13 AP Management .................................................................................................................................. 26 Hardware ............................................................................................................................................... 36 Web Configurator ................................................................................................................................. 55 Sta nda lo ne C o nfig ura tio n ................................................................................................................66
Standalone Configuration ................................................................................................................... 67 Dashboard ............................................................................................................................................ 69 Setup Wizard ......................................................................................................................................... 75 Monitor ................................................................................................................................................... 81 Network ................................................................................................................................................. 96 Wireless ................................................................................................................................................. 107 Bluetooth ............................................................................................................................................. 122 User ....................................................................................................................................................... 125 AP Profile .............................................................................................................................................. 132 MON Profile ......................................................................................................................................... 167 WDS Profile ........................................................................................................................................... 170 Certificates .......................................................................................................................................... 172 System .................................................................................................................................................. 188 Log and Report ................................................................................................................................... 211 File Manager ....................................................................................................................................... 223 Diagnostics .......................................................................................................................................... 234 LEDs ...................................................................................................................................................... 236 Antenna Switch .................................................................................................................................. 239 Reboot ................................................................................................................................................. 241 Shutdown ............................................................................................................................................. 242 Lo c a l C o nfig ura tio n in C lo ud Mo de ..............................................................................................243
Cloud Mode ........................................................................................................................................ 244 Network ............................................................................................................................................... 247 Maintenance ...................................................................................................................................... 250 Appe ndic e s a nd Tro ub le sho o ting .................................................................................................255
Troubleshooting .................................................................................................................................. 256
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
4

Table of Contents
Ta b le o f C o nte nts
Do c um e nt C o nve ntio ns ......................................................................................................................3
C o nte nts O ve rvie w .............................................................................................................................4
Ta b le o f C o nte nts .................................................................................................................................5
C ha pte r 1 Intro duc tio n ........................................................................................................................................13
1.1 Overview ......................................................................................................................................... 13 1.2 Zyxel Device Roles .......................................................................................................................... 13
1.2.1 Root AP ................................................................................................................................... 14 1.2.2 Wireless Repeater .................................................................................................................. 15 1.2.3 Radio Frequency (RF) Monitor ............................................................................................. 16 1.3 Sample Feature Applications ........................................................................................................ 17 1.3.1 MBSSID .................................................................................................................................... 17 1.3.2 Dual-Radio ............................................................................................................................. 18 1.4 Zyxel Device Product Feature Comparison ................................................................................ 19
C ha pte r 2 AP Ma na g e m e nt................................................................................................................................26
2.1 Management Mode ...................................................................................................................... 26 2.1.1 Standalone ............................................................................................................................ 26 2.1.2 Nebula Control Center ......................................................................................................... 27 2.1.3 AP Controller (AC) ................................................................................................................ 28
2.2 Switching Management Modes ................................................................................................... 29 2.3 Zyxel One Network (ZON) Utility .................................................................................................... 30
2.3.1 Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 30 2.3.2 Run the ZON Utility ................................................................................................................. 30 2.4 Ways to Access the Zyxel Device ................................................................................................. 34 2.5 Good Habits for Managing the Zyxel Device ............................................................................. 35
C ha pte r 3 Ha rdwa re ............................................................................................................................................36
3.1 Grounding (WAC6552D-S and WAC6553D-E) ............................................................................. 36 3.2 Zyxel Device Models With Single LEDs .......................................................................................... 37 3.3 Zyxel Device Single LED .................................................................................................................. 37
3.3.1 NWA1123-ACv2 ..................................................................................................................... 38 3.3.2 WAC6303D-S, NWA1123-AC HD and NWA5123-AC HD ................................................... 39 3.3.3 NWA5123-AC ......................................................................................................................... 41
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
5

Table of Contents
3.3.4 WAC500, WAC500H, NWA1123ACv3, NWA110AX, NWA210AX, WAX510D, WAX610D and WAX650S ................................................................................................................................... 42
3.4 Zyxel Device Models With Multiple LEDs ...................................................................................... 44 3.4.1 NWA1123-AC PRO ................................................................................................................ 45 3.4.2 NWA1302-AC/WAC5302D-Sv2 ............................................................................................. 46 3.4.3 WAC6502D-E, WAC6502D-S, and WAC6503D-S ................................................................ 49 3.4.4 WAC6103D-I ........................................................................................................................... 51 3.4.5 WAC5302D-S .......................................................................................................................... 52
C ha pte r 4 We b C o nfig ura to r...............................................................................................................................55
4.1 Overview ......................................................................................................................................... 55 4.2 Accessing the Web Configurator ................................................................................................. 55 4.3 Navigating the Web Configurator ............................................................................................... 58
4.3.1 Title Bar ................................................................................................................................... 59 4.3.2 Navigation Panel .................................................................................................................. 60 4.3.3 Standalone Mode Navigation Panel Menus ..................................................................... 60 4.3.4 Cloud Mode Navigation Panel Menus ............................................................................... 63 4.3.5 Tables and Lists ...................................................................................................................... 63
Pa rt I: Sta nda lo ne C o nfig ura tio n ................................................................... 66
C ha pte r 5 Sta nda lo ne C o nfig ura tio n .................................................................................................................67
5.1 Overview ......................................................................................................................................... 67 5.2 Starting and Stopping the Zyxel Device ...................................................................................... 67
C ha pte r 6 Da shb o a rd ..........................................................................................................................................69
6.1 Overview ......................................................................................................................................... 69 6.1.1 CPU Usage ............................................................................................................................. 72 6.1.2 Memory Usage ...................................................................................................................... 73
C ha pte r 7 Se tup Wiza rd .......................................................................................................................................75
7.1 Accessing the Wizard ..................................................................................................................... 75 7.2 Using the Wizard ............................................................................................................................. 75
7.2.1 Step 1 Time Settings .............................................................................................................. 75 7.2.2 Step 2 Password and Uplink Connection ........................................................................... 76 7.2.3 Step 3 Radio .......................................................................................................................... 77 7.2.4 Step 4 SSID .............................................................................................................................. 78 7.2.5 Summary ................................................................................................................................ 80
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
6

Table of Contents
C ha pte r 8 Mo nito r................................................................................................................................................81
8.1 Overview ......................................................................................................................................... 81 8.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter ....................................................................................... 81
8.2 What You Need to Know ............................................................................................................... 81 8.3 Network Status ................................................................................................................................ 82
8.3.1 Port Statistics Graph .............................................................................................................. 83 8.4 Radio List .......................................................................................................................................... 84
8.4.1 AP Mode Radio Information ................................................................................................ 86 8.5 Station List ........................................................................................................................................ 88 8.6 WDS Link Info ................................................................................................................................... 89 8.7 Detected Device ............................................................................................................................ 90 8.8 View Log .......................................................................................................................................... 93
C ha pte r 9 Ne two rk...............................................................................................................................................96
9.1 Overview ......................................................................................................................................... 96 9.1.1 AP Controller Management ................................................................................................ 96 9.1.2 What You Can Do in this Chapter ....................................................................................... 98
9.2 IP Setting .......................................................................................................................................... 99 9.3 VLAN .............................................................................................................................................. 100 9.4 Storm Control ................................................................................................................................ 103 9.5 AC (AP Controller) Discovery ...................................................................................................... 104 9.6 NCC Discovery .............................................................................................................................. 105
C ha pte r 10 Wire le ss .............................................................................................................................................107
10.1 Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 107 10.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter ................................................................................... 107 10.1.2 What You Need to Know ................................................................................................. 108
10.2 AP Management ........................................................................................................................ 108 10.3 Rogue AP ..................................................................................................................................... 112
10.3.1 Add/Edit Rogue/Friendly List ............................................................................................ 115 10.4 Load Balancing .......................................................................................................................... 116
10.4.1 Disassociating and Delaying Connections .................................................................... 118 10.5 DCS ............................................................................................................................................... 119 10.6 Technical Reference .................................................................................................................. 119
C ha pte r 11 Blue to o th...........................................................................................................................................122
11.1 Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 122 11.1.1 What You Need To Know ................................................................................................. 122
11.2 Bluetooth Advertising Settings ................................................................................................... 123
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
7

Table of Contents
11.2.1 Edit Advertising Settings .................................................................................................... 123
C ha pte r 12 Use r....................................................................................................................................................125
12.1 Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 125 12.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter ................................................................................... 125 12.1.2 What You Need To Know ................................................................................................. 125
12.2 User Summary .............................................................................................................................. 126 12.2.1 Add/Edit User ..................................................................................................................... 126
12.3 Setting .......................................................................................................................................... 128 12.3.1 Edit User Authentication Timeout Settings ...................................................................... 130
C ha pte r 13 AP Pro file ...........................................................................................................................................132
13.1 Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 132 13.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter ................................................................................... 132 13.1.2 What You Need To Know ................................................................................................. 132
13.2 Radio ............................................................................................................................................ 133 13.2.1 Add/Edit Radio Profile ...................................................................................................... 134
13.3 SSID ............................................................................................................................................... 140 13.3.1 SSID List ............................................................................................................................... 140 13.3.2 Add/Edit SSID Profile ......................................................................................................... 141
13.4 Security List .................................................................................................................................. 144 13.4.1 Add/Edit Security Profile ................................................................................................... 145
13.5 MAC Filter List .............................................................................................................................. 162 13.5.1 Add/Edit MAC Filter Profile ............................................................................................... 163
13.6 Layer-2 Isolation List .................................................................................................................... 164 13.6.1 Add/Edit Layer-2 Isolation Profile .................................................................................... 165
C ha pte r 14 MO N Pro file .......................................................................................................................................167
14.1 Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 167 14.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter ................................................................................... 167
14.2 MON Profile ................................................................................................................................. 167 14.2.1 Add/Edit MON Profile ....................................................................................................... 168
C ha pte r 15 WDS Pro file ........................................................................................................................................170
15.1 Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 170 15.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter ................................................................................... 170
15.2 WDS Profile ................................................................................................................................... 170 15.2.1 Add/Edit WDS Profile ........................................................................................................ 171
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
8

Table of Contents
C ha pte r 16 C e rtific a te s .......................................................................................................................................172
16.1 Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 172 16.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter ................................................................................... 172 16.1.2 What You Need to Know ................................................................................................. 172 16.1.3 Verifying a Certificate ...................................................................................................... 174
16.2 My Certificates ............................................................................................................................ 175 16.2.1 Add My Certificates .......................................................................................................... 176 16.2.2 Edit My Certificates ........................................................................................................... 178 16.2.3 Import Certificates ............................................................................................................ 181
16.3 Trusted Certificates ..................................................................................................................... 182 16.3.1 Edit Trusted Certificates .................................................................................................... 183 16.3.2 Import Trusted Certificates ............................................................................................... 186
16.4 Technical Reference .................................................................................................................. 187
C ha pte r 17 Syste m ...............................................................................................................................................188
17.1 Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 188 17.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter ................................................................................... 188
17.2 Host Name ................................................................................................................................... 188 17.3 Power Mode ................................................................................................................................ 189 17.4 Date and Time ............................................................................................................................ 190
17.4.1 Pre-defined NTP Time Servers List ..................................................................................... 192 17.4.2 Time Server Synchronization ............................................................................................ 192 17.5 WWW Overview .......................................................................................................................... 193 17.5.1 Service Access Limitations ............................................................................................... 193 17.5.2 System Timeout .................................................................................................................. 193 17.5.3 HTTPS ................................................................................................................................... 194 17.5.4 Configuring WWW Service Control ................................................................................. 194 17.5.5 HTTPS Example ................................................................................................................... 195 17.6 SSH ................................................................................................................................................ 201 17.6.1 How SSH Works .................................................................................................................. 202 17.6.2 SSH Implementation on the Zyxel Device ...................................................................... 203 17.6.3 Requirements for Using SSH .............................................................................................. 203 17.6.4 Configuring SSH ................................................................................................................. 203 17.6.5 Examples of Secure Telnet Using SSH .............................................................................. 204 17.7 Telnet ............................................................................................................................................ 205 17.8 FTP ................................................................................................................................................. 206 17.9 SNMP ............................................................................................................................................ 207 17.9.1 Supported MIBs ................................................................................................................. 208 17.9.2 SNMP Traps ......................................................................................................................... 208 17.9.3 Configuring SNMP ............................................................................................................. 208 17.9.4 Adding or Editing an SNMPv3 User Profile ...................................................................... 209
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
9

Table of Contents
C ha pte r 18 Lo g a nd Re po rt.................................................................................................................................211
18.1 Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 211 18.1.1 What You Can Do In this Chapter .................................................................................. 211
18.2 Email Daily Report ....................................................................................................................... 211 18.3 Log Setting ................................................................................................................................... 213
18.3.1 Log Setting Screen ............................................................................................................ 214 18.3.2 Edit System Log Settings ................................................................................................... 215 18.3.3 Edit Remote Server ............................................................................................................ 219 18.3.4 Active Log Summary ........................................................................................................ 220
C ha pte r 19 File Ma na g e r ....................................................................................................................................223
19.1 Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 223 19.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter ................................................................................... 223 19.1.2 What you Need to Know .................................................................................................. 223
19.2 Configuration File ....................................................................................................................... 224 19.2.1 Example of Configuration File Download Using FTP ...................................................... 228
19.3 Firmware Package ..................................................................................................................... 229 19.3.1 Example of Firmware Upload Using FTP .......................................................................... 230
19.4 Shell Script .................................................................................................................................... 231
C ha pte r 20 Dia g no stic s .......................................................................................................................................234
20.1 Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 234 20.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter ................................................................................... 234
20.2 Diagnostics .................................................................................................................................. 234 20.3 Remote Capture ........................................................................................................................ 235
C ha pte r 21 LEDs ...................................................................................................................................................236
21.1 Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 236 21.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter ................................................................................... 236
21.2 Suppression Screen .................................................................................................................... 236 21.3 Locator Screen ........................................................................................................................... 237
C ha pte r 22 Ante nna Switc h ................................................................................................................................239
22.1 Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 239 22.1.1 What You Need To Know ................................................................................................. 239
22.2 Antenna Switch Screen ............................................................................................................. 239
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
10

Table of Contents
C ha pte r 23 Re b o o t...............................................................................................................................................241
23.1 Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 241 23.1.1 What You Need To Know ................................................................................................. 241
23.2 Reboot ......................................................................................................................................... 241 C ha pte r 24 Shutdo wn ..........................................................................................................................................242
24.1 Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 242 24.1.1 What You Need To Know ................................................................................................. 242
24.2 Shutdown ..................................................................................................................................... 242
Pa rt II: Lo c a l C o nfig ura tio n in C lo ud Mo de ................................................ 243
C ha pte r 25 C lo ud Mo de .....................................................................................................................................244
25.1 Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 244 25.2 Cloud Mode Web Configurator Screens ................................................................................. 244 25.3 Dashboard .................................................................................................................................. 245 C ha pte r 26 Ne two rk.............................................................................................................................................247
26.1 Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 247 26.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter ................................................................................... 247
26.2 IP Setting ...................................................................................................................................... 247 26.3 VLAN ............................................................................................................................................ 249 C ha pte r 27 Ma inte na nc e ....................................................................................................................................250
27.1 Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 250 27.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter ................................................................................... 250
27.2 Shell Script .................................................................................................................................... 250 27.3 Diagnostics .................................................................................................................................. 251 27.4 View Log ...................................................................................................................................... 252
Pa rt III: Appe ndic e s a nd Tro ub le sho o ting .................................................. 255
C ha pte r 28 Tro ub le sho o ting ................................................................................................................................256
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
11

Table of Contents 28.1 Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 256 28.2 Power, Hardware Connections, and LED ................................................................................ 256 28.3 Zyxel Device Management, Access, and Login ..................................................................... 257 28.4 Internet Access ........................................................................................................................... 261 28.5 WiFi Network ................................................................................................................................ 262 28.6 Resetting the Zyxel Device ........................................................................................................ 263 28.7 Getting More Troubleshooting Help ......................................................................................... 264
Appendix A Importing Certificates ............................................................................................... 265 Appendix B IPv6............................................................................................................................... 289 Appendix C Customer Support ..................................................................................................... 297 Appendix D Legal Information ...................................................................................................... 303
Inde x .................................................................................................................................................317
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
12

C HA PTER 1 Intro duc tio n

1.1 O ve rvie w

This User's Guide covers the models listed in the following table. They can be managed in one of the following methods: remote management through Nebula Control Center (NCC) or an AP Controller (AC) such as the NXC, or local management in Standalone Mode. Each Zyxel Device runs in standalone mode by default, but it is recommended to use NCC management if it is available for your device.

NC C , AC o r Sta nda lo ne (Ne b ula Fle x PRO ) · NWA5123-AC HD · WAC6103D-I · WAC6303D-S · WAC6502D-E · WAC6502D-S · WAC6503D-S · WAC6552D-S · WAC6553D-E · WAC500 · WAC500H · WAC5302D-Sv2 · WAX510D · WAX610D · WAX650S

NC C o r Sta nda lo ne (Ne b ula Fle x) · NWA1123-ACv2 · NWA1123-AC PRO · NWA1123-AC HD · NWA1302-AC · NWA110AX · NWA210AX · NWA1123ACv3

AC o r Sta nda lo ne
· NWA5123-AC · WAC5302D-S

For more information about Access Point (AP) management, see Section 2.1 on page 26.
Use the Zyxel Device to set up a wireless network with other IEEE 802.11a/b/g/n/ac/ax compatible devices in either 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz networks or both at the same time.
When two or more APs are interconnected, this network is called a Wireless Distribution System (WDS). See Section 1.2.2 on page 15 for more information on root and repeater APs and how to set them up.

1.2 Zyxe l De vic e Ro le s
This section describes some of the different roles that your Zyxel Device can take up within a network. Not all roles are supported by all models (see Section 1.4 on page 19). The Zyxel Device can serve as a: · Access Point (AP) - This is used to allow wireless clients to connect to the Internet.
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
13

Chapter 1 Introduction
· Radio Frequency (RF) monitor - An RF monitor searches for rogue APs to help eliminate network threats if it supports monitor mode and rogue APs detection/containment. An RF monitor cannot simultaneously act as an AP.
· Root AP - A root AP connects to the gateway or switch through a wired Ethernet connection and has wireless repeaters connected to it to extend its range.
· Wireless repeater - A wireless repeater wirelessly connects to a root AP and extends the network's wireless range.
The following figure shows a network setup that uses these different roles to create a secure Wireless Distribution System (WDS). The root AP (Y) is connected to a network with Internet access and has a wireless repeater (X) connected to it to expand the wireless network's range. Clients (A, B, and C ) can access the wired network through the wireless repeater and/or root AP. If a client (D) tries to set up his own AP (R) with weak security settings, the network becomes exposed to threats. The RF monitor (M) scans the area to detect all APs, which can help the network administrator discover these rogue APs and remove them or use the NXC to quarantine them. Fig ure 1 Sample Network Setup
1.2.1 Ro o t AP
In Root AP mode, you can have multiple SSIDs active for regular wireless connections and one SSID for the connection with a repeater (repeater SSID). Wireless clients can use either SSID to associate with the Zyxel Device in Root AP mode. A repeater must use the repeater SSID to connect to the Zyxel Device in Root AP mode. When the Zyxel Device is in Root AP mode, repeater security between the Zyxel Device and other repeaters is independent of the security between the wireless clients and the AP or repeater. When repeater security is enabled, both APs and repeaters must use the same pre-shared key. See Section 10.2 on page 108 and Section 15.2 on page 170 for more details. Unless specified, the term "security settings" refers to the traffic between the wireless clients and the AP. At the time of writing, repeater security is compatible with the Zyxel Device only.
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
14

Chapter 1 Introduction
1.2.2 Wire le ss Re pe a te r
Using Repeater mode, your Zyxel Device can extend the range of the WLAN. In the figure below, the Zyxel Device in Repeater mode (Z) has a wireless connection to the Zyxel Device in Root AP mode (X) which is connected to a wired network and also has a wireless connection to another Zyxel Device in Repeater mode (Y) at the same time. Z and Y act as repeaters that forward traffic between associated wireless clients and the wired LAN. Clients A and B access the AP and the wired network behind the AP through repeaters Z and Y. Fig ure 2 Repeater Application
When the Zyxel Device is in Repeater mode, repeater security between the Zyxel Device and other repeater is independent of the security between the wireless clients and the AP or repeater. When repeater security is enabled, both APs and repeaters must use the same pre-shared key. See Section 10.2 on page 108 and Section 15.2 on page 170 for more details. For NCC managed devices, you only need to enable AP Sma rt Me sh to automatically create wireless links between APs. See the NCC User's Guide for more details. To set up a WDS in standalone mode APs, do the following steps. You should already have the root AP set up (see the Quick Start Guide for hardware connections). 1 Go to C o nfig ura tio n > O b je c t > WDS Pro file in your root AP Web Configurator and click Add. 2 Enter a profile name, an SSID for the WDS, and a pre-shared key. 3 Do steps 1 and 2 for the wireless repeater using the same SSID and pre-shared key. 4 Once the security settings of peer sides match one another, the connection between the root and repeater Zyxel Devices is made. To set up a WDS in NXC managed Zyxel Devices, see the NXC User's Guide.
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
15

Chapter 1 Introduction
1.2.3 Ra dio Fre q ue nc y (RF) Mo nito r
The Zyxel Device can be set to work as an RF monitor to discover nearby Access Points. The information it obtains from other APs is used to tag possible rogue APs and quarantine them if the Zyxel Device is managed by the NXC (see Section 2.1.3 on page 28). If the Zyxel Device's radio setting is set to MO N Mo de (RF Monitor mode), it will serve as a dedicated RF monitor and its AP clients are disconnected.
The models that do not support MO N Mo de support Ro g ue AP De te c tio n (see Section 10.3 on page 112). Ro g ue AP De te c tio n allows the AP to scan all channels similar to MO N Mo de except that the Zyxel Device still works as an AP while it scans the environment for wireless signals. To see which Zyxel Devices support the RF Monitor feature, see Section 1.4 on page 19.
The Zyxel Device in MO N Mo de scans a range of WiFi channels that you specify in a MO N Pro file , either in the 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz band. To scan both bands, you need to set both radio 1 and radio 2 in MO N Mo de . Once a rogue AP is detected, the network administrator can manually change the network settings to limit its access to the network using its MAC address or have the device physically removed. If the Zyxel Device is managed by an NXC, the network administrator can also use Ro g ue AP C o nta inm e nt through the NXC.
MO N Mo de in Sta nda lo ne Mo de
To use an RF monitor in standalone mode, do the following steps:
1 Create a MO N Pro file in C o nfig ura tio n > O b je c t > MO N Pro file > Add. Specify a C ha nne l dwe ll tim e to determine how long the RF monitor scans a specific channel before moving to the next one.
2 To scan all 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz channels, select a uto in Sc a n C ha nne l Mo de . Make sure that the Ac tiva te check box is selected and click O K.
3 Go to the C o nfig ura tio n > Wire le ss > AP Ma na g e m e nt screen and set Ra dio 1 O P Mo de (2.4 GHz) and/or Ra dio 2 O P Mo de (5 GHz) to MO N Mo de .
4 Select the Ra dio 1(2) Pro file that you created in the previous step. Make sure that the Ra dio 1(2) Ac tiva te check box is selected and click Apply.
5 Go to Mo nito r > Wire le ss > De te c te d De vic e to see a list of APs scanned by the RF monitor.
6 Select an AP or APs in the list and click Ma rk a s Ro g ue AP or Ma rk a s Frie ndly AP.
MO N Mo de in NXC - Ma na g e d Zyxe l De vic e s
For NXC-managed Zyxel Devices, do the following steps in the NXC Web Configurator:
1 Create a MO N Pro file in C O NFIG URATIO N > O b je c t > MO N Pro file > Add. Specify a C ha nne l dwe ll tim e to determine how long the RF monitor scans a specific channel before moving to the next one.
2 To scan all 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz channels, select a uto in Sc a n C ha nne l Mo de . Make sure that the Ac tiva te check box is selected and click O K.
3 Go to the C O NFIG URATIO N > Wire le ss > AP Ma na g e m e nt > Mg m t. AP List > Edit screen and/or set Ra dio 1 O P Mo de (2.4 GHz) and Ra dio 2 O P Mo de (5 GHz) to MO N Mo de .
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
16

Chapter 1 Introduction
4 Select the Ra dio 1(2) Pro file that you created in the previous step. Select O ve rride G ro up Ra dio Se tting and click O K.
5 Go to MO NITO R > Wire le ss > De te c te d De vic e to see a list of APs scanned by the RF monitor. 6 Select an AP or APs in the list and click Ma rk a s Ro g ue AP or Ma rk a s Frie ndly AP. 7 To quarantine a rogue AP, go to C O NFIG URATIO N > Wire le ss > Ro g ue AP, select the APs you want to
quarantine, and click C o nta inm e nt. Make sure the Ena b le Ro g ue AP C o nta inm e nt check box is selected, and click Apply.
1.3 Sa m ple Fe a ture Applic a tio ns
This section describes some possible scenarios and topologies that you can set up using your Zyxel Device.
1.3.1 MBSSID
A Basic Service Set (BSS) is the set of devices forming a single wireless network (usually an access point and one or more wireless clients). The Service Set IDentifier (SSID) is the name of a BSS. In Multiple BSS (MBSSID) mode, the Zyxel Device provides multiple virtual APs, each forming its own BSS and using its own individual SSID profile. You can configure multiple SSID profiles, and have all of them active at any one time. You can assign different wireless and security settings to each SSID profile. This allows you to compartmentalize groups of users, set varying access privileges, and prioritize network traffic to and from certain BSSs. To the wireless clients in the network, each SSID appears to be a different access point. As in any wireless network, clients can associate only with the SSIDs for which they have the correct security settings. For example, you might want to set up a wireless network in your office where Internet telephony (VoIP) users have priority. You also want a regular wireless network for standard users, as well as a `guest' wireless network for visitors. In the following figure, Vo IP_SSID users have QoS priority, SSID01 is the wireless network for standard users, and G ue st_SSID is the wireless network for guest users. In this example, the guest user is forbidden access to the wired Land Area Network (LAN) behind the AP and can access only the Internet.
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
17

Fig ure 3 Multiple BSSs

Chapter 1 Introduction

1.3.2 Dua l- Ra dio
Some of the Zyxel Device models are equipped with dual wireless radios. This means you can configure two different wireless networks to operate simultaneously. Note: A different channel should be configured for each WLAN interface to reduce the
effects of radio interference. You could use the 2.4 GHz band for regular Internet surfing and downloading while using the 5 GHz band for time sensitive traffic like high-definition video, music, and gaming.
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
18

Chapter 1 Introduction Fig ure 4 Dual-Radio Application

1.4 Zyxe l De vic e Pro duc t Fe a ture C o m pa riso n

The following tables show the differences between each Zyxel Device model.

Table 1 Zyxel Device 1000/5000 Series Comparison Table

FEA TURES

NWA 1 1 2 3 A C V2

NWA1123 NWA1123- NWA1302 NWA5123 NWA5123 WAC 5302

- AC PRO

AC HD

-AC

- AC HD

D- S

Supported Wireless Standards

IEEE 802.11a IEEE 802.11b IEEE 802.11g IEEE 802.11n IEEE 802.11ac

IEEE 802.11a
IEEE 802.11b
IEEE 802.11g
IEEE 802.11n
IEEE 802.11ac

IEEE 802.11a
IEEE 802.11b
IEEE 802.11g IEEE 802.11n
IEEE 802.11ac

IEEE 802.11a
IEEE 802.11b
IEEE 802.11g
IEEE 802.11n
IEEE 802.11ac

IEEE 802.11a IEEE 802.11b IEEE 802.11g IEEE 802.11n
IEEE 802.11ac

Supported Frequency Bands

2.4 GHz 5 GHz

Available Security Modes

None WEP WPA2 WPA2-MIX WPA2-PSK WPA2-PSK-MIX

None WEP WPA2 WPA2-MIX WPA2-PSK WPA2-PSKMIX

Number of SSID Profiles

Number of Wireless Radios

Monitor Mode

& Rogue APs

ContainmentA

Yes

Rogue AP Detection

Yes

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
19

Chapter 1 Introduction

Table 1 Zyxel Device 1000/5000 Series Comparison Table (continued)

FEA TURES

NWA 1 1 2 3 A C V2

NWA1123 NWA1123- NWA1302 NWA5123 NWA5123 WAC 5302

- AC PRO

AC HD

-AC

- AC HD

D- S

WDS (Wireless

Distribution

System) - Root

Yes

AP & Repeater

Modes

Yes

Tunnel Forwarding Mode

Yes

Layer-2 Isolation

Yes

Supported PoE Standards

IEEE 802.3af IEEE 802.3at

IEEE 802.3at

IEEE 802.3af IEEE 802.3at

IEEE 802.3af
IEEE 802.3at

IEEE 802.3af IEEE 802.3at

Power Detection

Yes

External Antennas

Internal Antennas

Yes

Antenna Switch

Yes

(per radio + physical

switch)

Console Port

4-Pin Serial 4-Pin Serial 4-Pin Serial 4-Pin Serial 4-Pin Serial 4-Pin Serial 4-Pin Serial

LED Locator

Yes

LED Suppression

Yes

AC (AP Controller) Discovery

Yes

NebulaFlex PRO

Yes

NCC Discovery

Yes

802.11r Fast Roaming Support

Yes

802.11k/v Assisted Roaming

Yes

Bluetooth Low Energy (BLE)

Yes

USB Port for BLE

Yes

Ethernet Storm Control

Yes

Grounding

Yes

Power Jack

Yes

Maximum number of log messages

512 event logs

256 event logs

A. For NXC managed devices only. See the NXC User's Guide for details.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
20

Chapter 1 Introduction

The following tables show the differences between each Zyxel Device model.

Table 2 Zyxel Device 1000/5000 Series Comparison Table

FEA TURES

WAC500/ WAC500H

NWA1123- AC V3

Supported Wireless Standards

IEEE 802.11a IEEE 802.11b IEEE 802.11g IEEE 802.11n IEEE 802.11ac

Supported Frequency Bands

2.4 GHz 5 GHz

Available Security Modes

None WEP WPA2 WPA2-MIX WPA2-PSK WPA2-PSK-MIX Enhanced-open WPA3-enterprise WPA3-personal

Number of SSID Profiles

Number of Wireless Radios

Monitor Mode

& Rogue APs

ContainmentA

Rogue AP Detection

Yes

WDS (Wireless

Distribution

System) - Root

Yes

AP & Repeater

Modes

Tunnel

Forwarding

Yes

Mode

Layer-2 Isolation

Yes

Supported PoE Standards

IEEE 802.3af IEEE 802.3at

Power Detection

External Antennas

Internal Antennas

Yes

Antenna Switch

Console Port

4-Pin Serial

LED Locator

Yes

LED Suppression

Yes

AC (AP

Controller)

Yes

Discovery

NebulaFlex PRO

Yes

WAC 5302D- SV2 IEEE 802.11a IEEE 802.11b IEEE 802.11g IEEE 802.11n IEEE 802.11ac 2.4 GHz 5 GHz
None WEP WPA2 WPA2-MIX WPA2-PSK WPA2-PSK-MIX
64 2
No
Yes
Yes
Yes Yes IEEE 802.3af IEEE 802.3at Yes No Yes No 4-Pin Serial Yes Yes Yes Yes

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
21

Chapter 1 Introduction

Table 2 Zyxel Device 1000/5000 Series Comparison Table (continued)

FEA TURES

WAC500/ WAC500H

NWA1123- AC V3

WAC 5302D- SV2

NCC Discovery

Yes

802.11r Fast

Roaming

Yes

Support

Yes

802.11k/v

Assisted

Yes

Roaming

Yes

Bluetooth Low Energy (BLE)

USB Port for BLE

Ethernet Storm Control

Yes

Grounding

Power Jack

Yes

Maximum

number of log

512

messages

A. For NXC managed devices only. See the NXC User's Guide for details.

The following tables show the differences between each Zyxel Device model.

Table 3 WAC 6000 Series Comparison Table

FEA TURES

WAC 6103D- I WAC 6303D- S

WAC 6502D- E WAC 6553D- E

Supported Wireless Standards
Supported Frequency Bands Available Security Modes
Number of SSID Profiles Number of Wireless Radios Monitor Mode & Rogue APs ContainmentA Rogue AP Detection

IEEE 802.11a IEEE 802.11b IEEE 802.11g IEEE 802.11n IEEE 802.11ac
2.4 GHz 5 GHz None WEP WPA2 WPA2-MIX WPA2-PSK WPA2-PSK-MIX
64
2
Yes
Yes

IEEE 802.11a IEEE 802.11b IEEE 802.11g IEEE 802.11n IEEE 802.11ac
2.4 GHz 5 GHz None WEP WPA2 WPA2-MIX WPA2-PSK WPA2-PSK-MIX
64
2
No
Yes

IEEE 802.11a IEEE 802.11b IEEE 802.11g IEEE 802.11n IEEE 802.11ac
2.4 GHz 5 GHz None WEP WPA2 WPA2-MIX WPA2-PSK WPA2-PSK-MIX
64
2
Yes
Yes

WAC 6502D- S
WAC 6503D- S
WAC 6552D- S IEEE 802.11a IEEE 802.11b IEEE 802.11g IEEE 802.11n IEEE 802.11ac 2.4 GHz 5 GHz None WEP WPA2 WPA2-MIX WPA2-PSK
WPA2-PSK-MIX
64
2
Yes
Yes

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
22

Chapter 1 Introduction

Table 3 WAC 6000 Series Comparison Table (continued)

FEA TURES

WAC 6103D- I WAC 6303D- S

WAC 6502D- E WAC 6553D- E

WDS (Wireless Distribution System) - Root AP & Repeater Modes Tunnel Forwarding Mode Layer-2 Isolation Supported PoE Standards Power Detection External Antennas Internal Antennas Antenna Switch
Console Port LED Locator LED Suppression AC (AP Controller) Discovery NebulaFlex PRO NCC Discovery 802.11r Fast Roaming Support 802.11k/v Assisted Roaming Bluetooth Low Energy (BLE) USB Port for BLE Ethernet Storm Control Grounding Power Jack

Yes
Yes Yes IEEE 802.3at No No Yes Yes (per radio + physical switch) 4-Pin Serial Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Yes
No No No No
No

Yes
Yes Yes IEEE 802.3af IEEE 802.3at Yes No Yes
No
4-Pin Serial Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Yes
Yes No Yes Yes
Yes

Yes
Yes Yes IEEE 802.3af IEEE 802.3at Yes Yes No
No
RJ-45 serial Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Yes
No No No Yes WAC6502D-E: Yes WAC6553D-E: No

Maximum number of log messages

512 event logs

A. For NXC managed devices only. See the NXC User's Guide for details.

WAC 6502D- S WAC 6503D- S WAC 6552D- S
Yes
Yes Yes IEEE 802.3af IEEE 802.3at Yes No Yes
No
RJ-45 serial Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Yes
No No No Yes WAC6502D-S: Yes WAC6503D-S: Yes WAC6552D-S: No

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
23

The following tables show the differences between each Zyxel Device model.

Table 4 802.11ax Series Comparison Table

FEA TURES

WAX510D WAX610D

Supported Wireless Standards

IEEE 802.11a IEEE 802.11b IEEE 802.11g IEEE 802.11n IEEE 802.11ac IEEE 802.11ax

Supported Frequency Bands

2.4 GHz 5 GHz

Available Security Modes

None WEP WPA2 WPA2-MIX WPA2-PSK WPA2-PSK-MIX Enhanced-open WPA3-enterprise WPA3-personal

Number of SSID Profiles

Number of Wireless Radios

Monitor Mode & Rogue APs ContainmentA

Rogue AP Detection

Yes

WDS (Wireless Distribution

System) - Root AP &

Yes

Repeater Modes

Tunnel Forwarding Mode

Yes

Layer-2 Isolation

Yes

Supported PoE Standards

IEEE 802.3af IEEE 802.3at

Power Detection

Yes

External Antennas

Internal Antennas

Yes

Antenna Switch

Yes (per AP)

Console Port

4-Pin Serial

LED Locator

Yes

LED Suppression

Yes

AC (AP Controller) Discovery

Yes

NebulaFlex PRO

Yes

NCC Discovery

Yes

802.11r Fast Roaming Support

Yes

802.11k/v Assisted Roaming

Yes

Bluetooth Low Energy (BLE)

USB Port for BLE

Ethernet Storm Control

Yes

Grounding

Yes

WAX650S
IEEE 802.11a IEEE 802.11b IEEE 802.11g IEEE 802.11n IEEE 802.11ac IEEE 802.11ax
2.4 GHz 5 GHz None WEP WPA2 WPA2-MIX WPA2-PSK WPA2-PSK-MIX Enhanced-open WPA3-enterprise WPA3-personal
64 2
No
Yes
Yes
Yes Yes IEEE 802.3at IEEE 802.3bt Yes No Yes
No
4-Pin Serial Yes Yes
Yes
Yes Yes
Yes
Yes Yes No Yes Yes

NWA 1 1 0 A X NWA 2 1 0 A X IEEE 802.11a IEEE 802.11b IEEE 802.11g IEEE 802.11n IEEE 802.11ac IEEE 802.11ax
2.4 GHz 5 GHz None WEP WPA2 WPA2-MIX WPA2-PSK WPA2-PSK-MIX Enhanced-open WPA3-enterprise WPA3-personal
64 2 No
Yes
Yes
No Yes IEEE 802.3af IEEE 802.3at Yes No Yes No 4-Pin Serial Yes Yes
No No Yes Yes
Yes No No Yes Yes

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
24

Chapter 1 Introduction

Table 4 802.11ax Series Comparison Table (continued)

FEA TURES

WAX510D WAX610D

WAX650S

Power Jack

Yes

Maximum number of log messages

Yes 512 event logs

A. For NXC managed devices only. See the NXC User's Guide for details.

NWA 1 1 0 A X NWA 2 1 0 A X
Yes

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
25

Chapter 2 AP Management
C HA PTER 2 AP Ma na g e m e nt

2.1 Ma na g e m e nt Mo de

The Zyxel Device is a unified AP and can be managed by the NCC or an AP controller (AC), or work as a standalone device. We recommend you use NCC to manage multiple APs (see the NCC User's Guide). An AP Controller such as the NXC can only manage multiple APs in the same location.

Note: Not all models can be managed by NCC or an AC. See Section 1.4 on page 19 to check whether your product supports these.

The following table shows the default IP addresses and firmware upload methods for different management modes.

Table 5 Zyxel Device Management Mode Comparison

MANAG EMENTMO DE

DEFAULTIP ADDRESS

UPLO AD FIRMWARE VIA

Nebula Control Center

Dynamic

NCC Portal

AP Controller

Dynamic

AP Controller using CAPWAP

Standalone

Dynamic or Static (192.168.1.2)

Built-in Web Configurator

When the Zyxel Device is in standalone mode and connects to a DHCP server, it uses the IP address assigned by the DHCP server. Otherwise, the Zyxel Device uses the default static management IP address (192.168.1.2). You can use the NC C Disc o ve ry or AC Disc o ve ry screen to allow the Zyxel Device to be managed by the NCC or an AC, respectively.
When the Zyxel Device is managed by the NCC or an AC, it acts as a DHCP client and obtains an IP address from the NCC/AC. It can be configured ONLY by the NCC/AC. To change the Zyxel Device back to standalone mode, use the Re se t button to restore the default configuration. Alternatively, you need to check the NCC/AC for the Zyxel Device's IP address and use FTP to upload the default configuration file at conf/system-default.conf to the Zyxel Device and reboot the device.

2.1.1 Sta nda lo ne
When working in standalone mode, the Zyxel Device is configured mainly with its built-in Web Configurator. You can only connect to and set up one Zyxel Device at a time in this mode.
See Chapter 5 on page 67 for detailed information about the standalone Web Configurator screens.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
26

Chapter 2 AP Management

2.1.2 Ne b ula C o ntro l C e nte r

In this mode, which is also called cloud mode, you can manage and monitor the Zyxel Device through the Zyxel Nebula cloud-based network management system. This means you can manage devices remotely without the need of connecting to each device directly. It offers many features to better manage and monitor not just the Zyxel Device, but your network as a whole, including supported switches and gateways. Your network can also be managed through your smartphone using the Nebula Mobile app. See Section 25.1 on page 244 for an example NCC managed network topology.

NCC allows different levels of management. You can configure each device on its own or configure a set of devices together as a site. You can also monitor groups of sites called organizations, as shown below.

Table 6 NCC Management Levels
Organization

Site A

Device A-1

Device A-2

Device B-1

Site B

Device B-2

It graphically presents your device/network statistics and shows an overview of your network topology, as shown in the following figure. It also sends reports, alerts, and notifications for events, such as when a site goes offline.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
27

Chapter 2 AP Management Fig ure 5 Traffic Monitoring Graph From NCC
See the NCC (Nebula Control Center) User's Guide for how to configure Nebula managed devices. See Chapter 26 on page 247 if you want to change the Zyxel Device's VLAN setting or manually set its IP address. Note: Make sure your network firewall allows TCP ports 443, 4335, and 6667 as well as UDP port
123 so the device can connect to and sync with the NCC.
2.1.3 AP C o ntro lle r (AC )
If the Zyxel Device supports management using an AC (see Section 9.1.1 on page 96) such as the NXC2500 or NXC5500, and you have this AC in the same subnet, it will be managed by the controller automatically. To set the Zyxel Device to be managed by an AC in a different subnet or change between management modes, use the AC Disc o ve ry screen (see Section 9.5 on page 104 and Section 9.1.1 on page 96). You can use the AC to manage multiple Zyxel Devices. See Section 9.1.1 on page 96 for an example AC managed network topology.
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
28

Chapter 2 AP Management
Note: If the Zyxel Device is already registered to NCC, the controller will be unable to manage it.
An AC uses Control And Provisioning of Wireless Access Points (CAPWAP, see RFC 5415) to discover and configure multiple managed APs.
2.2 Switc hing Ma na g e m e nt Mo de s
The Zyxel Device is in standalone mode by default, with NCC and/or AC discovery enabled.
Sta nda lo ne - to - NC C
Register the Zyxel Device at the NCC website and then turn on the Zyxel Device. Make sure that NC C Disc o ve ry is enabled (see Section 9.6 on page 105). The NCC manages the Zyxel Device automatically when it is discovered.
Sta nda lo ne - to - AC (NXC )
By default, the Zyxel Device must be in the same subnet as the NXC. See Section 9.1.1 on page 96 for setting it up in a different subnet. Make sure AC Disc o ve ry is enabled (see Section 9.5 on page 104). The NXC manages the Zyxel Device automatically when it is discovered.
NXC - to - NC C
Register the Zyxel Device at the NCC website. Make sure that NC C Disc o ve ry is enabled on your Zyxel Device (see Section 9.6 on page 105). In the NXC Web Configurator, select the Zyxel Device and press the Ne bula button. The NCC manages the Zyxel Device automatically when it is discovered.
NC C - to - NXC
Unregister the Zyxel Device at the NCC portal. By default, the Zyxel Device must be in the same subnet as the NXC. See Section 9.1.1 on page 96 for setting it up in a different subnet. Make sure AC Disc o ve ry is enabled (see Section 9.5 on page 104). The NXC manages the Zyxel Device automatically when it is discovered.
NC C - to - Sta nda lo ne
Unregister the Zyxel Device from the NCC organization/site. Reset the Zyxel Device to factory defaults (see Section 28.6 on page 263).
AC - to - Sta nda lo ne
Use the Re se t button to return the Zyxel Device to its factory default settings (see Section 28.6 on page 263).
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
29

Chapter 2 AP Management
2.3 Zyxe l O ne Ne two rk (ZO N) Utility
ZON Utility is a program designed to help you deploy and manage a network more efficiently. It detects devices automatically and allows you to do basic settings on devices in the network without having to be near it.
The ZON Utility issues requests via Zyxel Discovery Protocol (ZDP) and in response to the query, the device responds back with basic information including IP address, firmware version, location, system and model name in the same broadcast domain. The information is then displayed in the ZON Utility screen and you can perform tasks like basic configuration of the devices and batch firmware upgrade in it. You can download the ZON Utility at www.zyxel.com and install it on your computer (Windows operating system).
2.3.1 Re q uire m e nts
Before installing the ZON Utility on your PC, please make sure it meets the requirements listed below.
O pe ra ting Syste m
At the time of writing, the ZON Utility is compatible with:
· Windows 7 (both 32-bit / 64-bit versions) · Windows 8 (both 32-bit / 64-bit versions) · Windows 8.1 (both 32-bit / 64-bit versions) · Window 10 (both 32-bit / 64-bit versions) Note: To check for your Windows operating system version, right-click on My C o m pute r >
Pro pe rtie s. You should see this information in the G e ne ra l tab.
Note: It is suggested that you install Npcap, the packet capture library for Windows operating systems, and remove WinPcap or any other installed packet capture tools before you install the ZON utility.
Ha rdwa re
Here are the minimum hardware requirements to use the ZON Utility on your PC.
· Core i3 processor · 2 GB RAM · 100 MB free hard disk · WXGA (Wide XGA 1280x800)
2.3.2 Run the ZO N Utility
1 Double-click the ZON Utility to run it. 2 The first time you run the ZON Utility, you will see if your device and firmware version support the ZON
Utility. Click the O K button to close this screen.
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
30

Chapter 2 AP Management Fig ure 6 Supported Devices and Versions
If you want to check the supported models and firmware versions later, you can click the Sho w info rm a tio n a bo ut ZO N icon in the upper right hand corner of the screen. Then select the Suppo rte d m o de l a nd firm wa re ve rsio n link. If your device is not listed here, see the device release notes for ZON utility support. The release notes are in the firmware zip file on the Zyxel web site. Fig ure 7 ZON Utility Screen
3 Select a network adapter to which your supported devices are connected.
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
31

Chapter 2 AP Management Fig ure 8 Network Adapter
4 Click the G o button for the ZON Utility to discover all supported devices in your network. Fig ure 9 Discovery
5 The ZON Utility screen shows the devices discovered. Fig ure 10 ZON Utility Screen
6 Select a device and then use the icons to perform actions. Some functions may not be available for your devices. Note: You must know the selected device admin password before taking actions on the device using the ZON utility icons.
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
32

Chapter 2 AP Management Fig ure 11 Password Prompt

The following table describes the icons numbered from left to right in the ZON Utility screen.

Table 7 ZON Utility Icons

IC O N

DESC RIPTIO N

1 IP Configuration

Change the selected device's IP address.

2 Renew IP Address

Update a DHCP-assigned dynamic IP address.

3 Reboot Device

Use this icon to restart the selected device(s). This may be useful when troubleshooting or upgrading new firmware.

4 Reset Configuration to Default

Use this icon to reload the factory-default configuration file. This means that you will lose all previous configurations.

5 Locator LED

Use this icon to locate the selected device by causing its Lo c a to r LED to blink.

6 Web GUI

Use this to access the selected device Web Configurator from your browser. You will need a username and password to log in.

7 Firmware Upgrade

Use this icon to upgrade new firmware to selected device(s) of the same model. Make sure you have downloaded the firmware from the Zyxel website to your computer and unzipped it in advance.

8 Change Password

Use this icon to change the admin password of the selected device. You must know the current admin password before changing to a new one.

9 Configure NCC Discovery

You must have Internet access to use this feature. Use this icon to enable or disable the Nebula Control Center (NCC) discovery feature on the selected device. If it is enabled, the selected device will try to connect to the NCC. Once the selected device is connected to and has registered in the NCC, it will go into the Nebula cloud management mode.

10 ZAC

Use this icon to run the Zyxel AP Configurator of the selected AP.

11 Clear and Rescan

Use this icon to clear the list and discover all devices on the connected network again.

12 Save Configuration

Use this icon to save configuration changes to permanent memory on a selected device.

13 Settings

Use this icon to select a network adapter for the computer on which the ZON utility is installed, and the utility language.

The following table describes the fields in the ZON Utility main screen.

Table 8 ZON Utility Fields

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Type

This field displays an icon of the kind of device discovered.

Model

This field displays the model name of the discovered device.

Firmware Version

This field displays the firmware version of the discovered device.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
33

Chapter 2 AP Management

Table 8 ZON Utility Fields

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

MAC Address

This field displays the MAC address of the discovered device.

IP Address

This field displays the IP address of an internal interface on the discovered device that first received an ZDP discovery request from the ZON utility.

System Name

This field displays the system name of the discovered device.

Location

This field displays where the discovered device is.

Status

This field displays whether changes to the discovered device have been done successfully. As the Zyxel Device does not support IP C o nfig ura tio n, Re ne w IP a ddre ss and Fla sh Lo c a to r LED, this field displays "Update failed", "Not support Renew IP address" and "Not support Flash Locator LED" respectively.

NCC Discovery

This field displays if the discovered device supports the Nebula Control Center (NCC) discovery feature. If it's enabled, the selected device will try to connect to the NCC. Once the selected device is connected to and has registered in the NCC, it'll go into the Nebula cloud management mode.

Serial Number

Enter the admin password of the discovered device to display its serial number.

Hardware Version

This field displays the hardware version of the discovered device.

2.4 Wa ys to Ac c e ss the Zyxe l De vic e
You can use the following ways to configure the Zyxel Device.
We b C o nfig ura to r
The Web Configurator allows easy Zyxel Device setup and management using an Internet browser. If your Zyxel Device is managed by the NCC or an AC, use this only for troubleshooting if you cannot connect to the Internet. This User's Guide provides information about the Web Configurator.
NC C
This is the primary means by which you manage the Zyxel Device in cloud (NCC) mode. With the NCC, you can remotely manage and monitor the Zyxel Device through a cloud-based network management system. See the NCC User's Guide for more information.
ZO N Utility
Zyxel One Network (ZON) Utility is a utility tool that assists you to set up and maintain network devices in a simple and efficient way. You can download the ZON Utility at www.zyxel.com and install it on your computer (Windows operating system). For more information on ZON Utility see Section 2.3 on page 30.
C o m m a nd- Line Inte rfa c e (C LI)
The CLI allows you to use text-based commands to configure the Zyxel Device. You can access it using remote management (for example, SSH or Telnet) or via the console port. See the Command Reference Guide for more information.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
34

Chapter 2 AP Management
File Tra nsfe r Pro to c o l (FTP)
This protocol can be used for firmware upgrades and configuration backup and restore.
Sim ple Ne two rk Ma na g e m e nt Pro to c o l (SNMP)
The Zyxel Device can be monitored by an SNMP manager. See the SNMP chapter in this User's Guide.
2.5 G o o d Ha b its fo r Ma na g ing the Zyxe l De vic e
Do the following things regularly to make the Zyxel Device more secure and to manage it more effectively. · Change the password often. Use a password that's not easy to guess and that consists of different
types of characters, such as numbers and letters. · Write down the password and put it in a safe place. · Back up the configuration (and make sure you know how to restore it). Restoring an earlier working
configuration may be useful if the Zyxel Device becomes unstable or even crashes. If you forget your password, you will have to reset the Zyxel Device to its factory default settings. If you backed up an earlier configuration file, you will not have to totally re-configure the Zyxel Device; you can simply restore your last configuration.
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
35

Chapter 3 Hardware
C HA PTER 3 Ha rdwa re
See the Quick Start Guide for hardware installation and connections.
3.1 G ro unding (WAC 6552D- S a nd WAC 6553D- E)
Earth grounding helps protect against lightning and interference. Note: The power installation must be performed by qualified service personnel and should
conform to the National Electrical Code. The Zyxel Device must be connected to earth ground to adequately ground the Zyxel Device and protect the operator from electrical hazards. Qualified service personnel must confirm that the protective earthing terminal of the building is a valid terminal. Before connecting the ground, ensure that a qualified service personnel has attached an appropriate ground lug to the ground cable.
1 Remove one of the ground screws from the Zyxel Device's rear panel. 2 Secure a green/yellow ground cable (18 AWG or smaller) to the Zyxel Device's rear panel using the
ground screw. 3 Attach the other end of the cable to the ground, either to the same ground electrode as the pole you
installed the Zyxel Device on or to the main grounding electrode of the building. Note: Follow your country's regulations and safety instructions to electrically ground the Zyxel
Device properly. If you are uncertain that suitable grounding is available, contact the appropriate electrical inspection authority or an electrician.
Wa rning ! C o nne c t the g ro und c a b le b e fo re yo u c o nne c t a ny o the r c a b le s o r wiring .
The figure below illustrates how the ground cable (A) is attached to the Zyxel Device and goes to the earth ground (B).
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
36

Chapter 3 Hardware Fig ure 12 Grounding Example
3.2 Zyxe l De vic e Mo de ls With Sing le LEDs
The LEDs of some Zyxel Device models can be controlled by using the suppression feature such that the LEDs stay lit (ON) or OFF after the Zyxel Device is ready. Some Zyxel Device models also has Locator LED which allows you to see the actual location of the Zyxel Device among several devices in the network. See Section 1.4 on page 19 to check which models support these features. Refer to Chapter 21 on page 236 for the LED Suppre ssio n and Lo c a to r menus in standalone mode. The following models have single LEDs: NWA1123-ACv2, NWA1123ACv3, NWA1123-AC HD, NWA5123AC, NWA5123-AC HD, WAC6303D-S, NWA110AX, NWA210AX, WAX510D, WAX610D and WAX650S.
3.3 Zyxe l De vic e Sing le LED
The LED of the Zyxel Device can be controlled by using the suppression feature such that the LEDs stay lit (ON) or OFF after the Zyxel Device is ready. Refer to Chapter 21 on page 236 for the LED Suppre ssio n and Lo c a to r menus in standalone mode.
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
37

Chapter 3 Hardware
3.3.1 NWA1123- AC v2
Fig ure 13 NWA1123-ACv2 LED

The following are the LED descriptions for your NWA1123-ACv2.

Table 9 NWA1123-ACv2 LED

C O LO R

STA TUS

DESC RIPTIO N

Amber Green

Blinks amber for 1 second and green for 1 second alternatively.

The LED blinks amber and green alternatively when the Zyxel Device is booting up or is connecting to the NCC.

Amber Green

Blinks amber and green alternatively 3 times and then turns solid green for 3 seconds.

The Zyxel Device is discovering the NCC.

Green

The Zyxel Device is ready for use and its wireless interface is activated.

Slow Blinking (On for 1s, Off for 1s)

The wireless module of the Zyxel Device is disabled or failed, the Zyxel Device is using default wireless settings, or the Zyxel Device is connected to the NCC but is unregistered with the NCC.

Fast Blinking (On for 50 ms, The Locator LED is on. Off for 50 ms)

Amber

The Zyxel Device is powered up.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
38

Chapter 3 Hardware

Table 9 NWA1123-ACv2 LED (continued)

C O LO R

STA TUS

DESC RIPTIO N

Red

Steady On

The Zyxel Device failed to boot up or is experiencing system failure.

Slow Blinking (Blink for 3 times, Off for 3s)

The Uplink interface is down.

Fast Blinking (On for 50 ms, The Zyxel Device is undergoing firmware upgrade. Off for 50 ms)

3.3.2 WAC 6303D- S, NWA1123- AC HD a nd NWA5123- AC HD
Fig ure 14 WAC6303D-S LED

The following are the LED descriptions for your WAC6303D-S, NWA1123-AC HD or NWA5123-AC HD.

Table 10 WAC6303D-S, NWA1123-AC HD and NWA5123-AC HD LED

C O LO R

STA TUS

DESC RIPTIO N

Amber Green

Blinks amber for 1 second and green for 1 second alternatively.

The Zyxel Device is booting up or is connecting with NCC.

Amber Green

Blinks amber and green alternatively 3 times and then turns solid green for 3 seconds.

The Zyxel Device is discovering the NCC or an AC.

Amber Green

Blinks amber and green alternatively 2 times and then turns solid green for 3 seconds.

The Zyxel Device is managed by an AC but the uplink is disconnected.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
39

Chapter 3 Hardware

Table 10 WAC6303D-S, NWA1123-AC HD and NWA5123-AC HD LED (continued)

C O LO R

STA TUS

DESC RIPTIO N

Green

Slow Blinking (On for 1 second, Off for 1 second)

The wireless module of the Zyxel Device is disabled or fails, the Zyxel Device is using default wireless settings, or the Zyxel Device is configured to be managed by NCC but is not yet registered with the NCC.

Green

Steady On

The Zyxel Device is ready for use, the Zyxel Device's wireless interface is activated, and/or wireless clients are connected to the Zyxel Device in full power mode (see Table 25 on page 69).

Amber

Steady On

The Zyxel Device is ready for use, the Zyxel Device's wireless interface is activated, and/or wireless clients are connected to the Zyxel Device in limited power mode (see Table 25 on page 69).

Bright Blue Steady On

The Zyxel Device's wireless interface is activated, but there are no wireless clients connected when it is in full power mode (see Table 25 on page 69).

White

Steady On

The Zyxel Device's wireless interface is activated, but there are no wireless clients connected when it is in limited power mode (see Table 25 on page 69).

Slow Blinking (On for 100ms per second)

Note: The color of the white LED may have slight differences (for example, very light purple) on different models.
Locator LED is on. It switches off automatically after the configured amount of time (1-60 min). Default duration is 10 minutes.

Blue Red

Slow Blinking (Blink for 1 time, Off for 1 second)
On
Fast Blinking (On for 50 milliseconds, Off for 50 milliseconds) Slow Blinking (Blink for 3 times, Off for 3 seconds)

Note: The color of the white LED may have slight differences (for example, very light purple) on different models.
The Zyxel Device is performing a Channel Availability Check (CAC) with Dynamic Frequency Selection (DFS) to monitor a channel for radar signals. The Zyxel Device failed to boot up or is experiencing system failure. The Zyxel Device is undergoing firmware upgrade.
The Uplink port of the Zyxel Device in standalone mode is disconnected.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
40

3.3.3 NWA5123- AC
Fig ure 15 NWA5123-AC LED

Chapter 3 Hardware

The following are the LED descriptions for your NWA5123-AC.

Table 11 NWA5123-AC LED

C O LO R

STA TUS

DESC RIPTIO N

Amber Green

Blinks amber for 1 second and green for 1 second alternatively.

The Zyxel Device is booting up.

Amber Green

Blinks amber and green alternatively 3 times and then turns solid green for 3 seconds.

The Zyxel Device is discovering an AC.

Amber Green

Blinks amber and green alternatively 2 times and then turns solid green for 3 seconds.

The Zyxel Device is managed by an AC and the uplink interface is down.

Green

The Zyxel Device is ready for use and its wireless interface is activated.

Slow Blinking (On for 1s, Off for 1s)

The wireless module of the Zyxel Device is disabled or failed, or the Zyxel Device is using default wireless settings.

Fast Blinking (On for 50ms, The Locator LED is on. Off for 50ms)

Amber

The Zyxel Device is powered up.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
41

Chapter 3 Hardware

Table 11 NWA5123-AC LED (continued)

C O LO R

STA TUS

DESC RIPTIO N

Red

Steady On

The Zyxel Device failed to boot up or is experiencing system failure.

Slow Blinking (Blink for 3 times, Off for 3s)

The Uplink interface is down.

Fast Blinking (On for 50 ms, The Zyxel Device is undergoing firmware upgrade. Off for 50 ms)

3.3.4 WAC 500, WAC 500H, NWA1123AC v3, NWA110AX, NWA210AX, WAX510D, WAX610D a nd WAX650S
Fig ure 16 WAC500, NWA1123Acv3, NWA110AX, NWA210AX, WAX510D, WAX610D and WAX650S LED

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
42

Fig ure 17 WAC500H LED

Chapter 3 Hardware

The following are the LED descriptions for your WAC500, WAC500H, NWA1123ACv3, NWA110AX, NWA210AX, WAX510D, WAX610D and WAX650S.

Table 12 WAC500, WAC500H, NWA1123ACv3, NWA110AX, WAX510D and WAX650S LED

C O LO R

STA TUS

DESC RIPTIO N

Amber Green

Blinks amber for 1 second and green for 1 second alternatively.

The Zyxel Device is booting up or is connecting with NCC.

Amber Green

Blinks amber and green alternatively 3 times and then turns solid green for 3 seconds.

The Zyxel Device is discovering the NCC or an AC.

Amber Green

Blinks amber and green alternatively 2 times and then turns solid green for 3 seconds.

The Zyxel Device is managed by an AC but the uplink is disconnected.

Green

Slow Blinking (On for 1 second, Off for 1 second)

Note: WiFi networks on the WAX650S are turned off automatically when it is connected to a device that supplies power using IEEE 802.3af PoE.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
43

Chapter 3 Hardware

Table 12 WAC500, WAC500H, NWA1123ACv3, NWA110AX, WAX510D and WAX650S LED (continued)

C O LO R

STA TUS

DESC RIPTIO N

Green

Steady On

The Zyxel Device is ready for use, the Zyxel Device's wireless interface is activated, and/or wireless clients are connected to the Zyxel Device in full power mode (see Table 25 on page 69).

Amber

Steady On

The Zyxel Device is ready for use, the Zyxel Device's wireless interface is activated, and/or wireless clients are connected to the Zyxel Device in limited power mode (see Table 25 on page 69).

Bright Blue Steady On

The Zyxel Device's wireless interface is activated, but there are no wireless clients connected when it is in full power mode (see Table 25 on page 69).

White

Steady On

The Zyxel Device's wireless interface is activated, but there are no wireless clients connected when it is in limited power mode (see Table 25 on page 69).

Slow Blinking (On for 100ms per second)

Blue Red

Slow Blinking (Blink for 1 time, Off for 1 second)
On
Fast Blinking (On for 50 milliseconds, Off for 50 milliseconds) Slow Blinking (Blink for 3 times, Off for 3 seconds)

3.4 Zyxe l De vic e Mo de ls With Multiple LEDs
The LEDs of some Zyxel Device models can be controlled by using the suppression feature such that the LEDs stay lit (ON) or OFF after the Zyxel Device is ready. Some Zyxel Device models also has Locator LED which allows you to see the actual location of the Zyxel Device among several devices in the network. See Section 1.4 on page 19 to check which models support these features. Refer to Chapter 21 on page 236 for the LED Suppre ssio n and Lo c a to r menus in standalone mode.
The following models have multiple LEDs: NWA1123-AC PRO, NWA1302-AC, WAC6103D-I, WAC5302D-S, WAC6502D-E, WAC6502D-S, WAC6503D-S.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
44

Chapter 3 Hardware
3.4.1 NWA1123- AC PRO
Fig ure 18 NWA1123-AC PRO LEDs

The following table describes the LEDs.

Table 13 NWA1123-AC PRO LEDs

LED

C O LO R STATUS

DESC RIPTIO N

PWR/SYS

Amber Green

Blinks amber for 1 second and green for 1 second alternatively.

The LED blinks amber and green alternatively when the Zyxel Device is booting up.

Green

The Zyxel Device is ready for use.

Slow Blinking (On for 1 The wireless module of the Zyxel Device is disabled or failed. sec, Off for 1 sec)

Red

There is a system error and the Zyxel Device cannot boot up, or the Zyxel Device suffered a system failure.

Fast Blinking (On for 50 The Zyxel Device is undergoing firmware upgrade. ms, Off for 50 ms)

Slow Blinking (Blink for 3 The Uplink interface is down. times, Off for 3 sec)

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
45

Chapter 3 Hardware

Table 13 NWA1123-AC PRO LEDs (continued)

LED

C O LO R STATUS

Management Green

Slow Blinking (On for 1 sec, Off for 1 sec)

WLAN WLAN UPLINK

Amber Green Amber Green
Green Amber
Green Amber
Amber

Blinks amber for 1 second and green for 1 second alternatively
Blinks amber and green alternatively 3 times and then turns solid green for 3 seconds.
Off
On
On
Off
On
On
Off
On
Blinking

Green

On Blinking

LAN Locator

Amber Green
White

Off On Blinking On Blinking Off Blinking

Off

DESC RIPTIO N The Zyxel Device is managed by the NCC. The Zyxel Device is using default wireless settings, or the Zyxel Device is connected to the NCC but is unregistered with the NCC. The Zyxel Device is searching for (discovering) the NCC.
The NCC is connecting to the registered Zyxel Device.
The Zyxel Device is in standalone mode. The 2.4 GHz radio is set to "Ceiling" and is active The 2.4 GHz radio is set to "Wall" and is active The 2.4 GHz WLAN is not active. The 5 GHz radio is set to "Ceiling" and is active The 5 GHz radio is set to "Wall" and is active The 5 GHz WLAN is not active. The port is operating as a 100 Mbps connection. The Zyxel Device is sending/receiving data through the port at 100 Mbps. The port is operating as a Gigabit connection (1000 Mbps). The Zyxel Device is sending/receiving data through the port at 1 Gbps. The port is not connected. The port is operating as a 100 Mbps connection. The LAN port is sending/receiving data at 100 Mbps. The port is operating as a Gigabit connection (1000 Mbps). The LAN port is sending/receiving data at 1 Gbps. The LAN port is not connected. The Locator is activated and will blink to show the actual location of the Zyxel Device between several devices in the network. The Locator function is off.

3.4.2 NWA1302- AC / WAC 5302D- Sv2
By default, the LEDs automatically turn on when the NWA1302-AC/ WAC5301D-Sv2 is ready. If the LEDs are turned off by the NCC, you can press the LED O N button for one second to turn on the LEDs again. The LEDs will blink and turn off after two minutes.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
46

Chapter 3 Hardware Fig ure 19 NWA1302-AC/ WAC5301D-Sv2 LEDs

The following table describes the LEDs.

Table 14 NWA1302-AC/ WAC5301D-Sv2 LEDs

LED

C O LO R

STA TUS

DESC RIPTIO N

PWR/SYS

Amber Green

Blinks amber for 1

The LED blinks amber and green alternatively when the

second and green for 1 Zyxel Device is booting up.

second alternatively.

Green

The Zyxel Device is ready for use.

Slow Blinking (On for 1 sec, Off for 1 sec)

The wireless module of the Zyxel Device is disabled or failed.

Fast Blinking (On 50 ms, The Locator LED is on. Off 50 ms)

Red

There is a system error and the Zyxel Device cannot boot up, or the Zyxel Device suffered a system failure.

Fast Blinking (On for 50 The Zyxel Device is doing firmware upgrade. ms, Off for 50 ms)

Slow Blinking (Blink for 3 The Uplink interface is down. times, Off for 3 sec)

Management Green

The Zyxel Device is managed by the NCC.

Slow Blinking (On for 1 sec, Off for 1 sec)

The Zyxel Device is using default wireless settings, or the Zyxel Device is connected to the NCC but is unregistered with the NCC.

Amber Green

Blinks amber for 1

The Zyxel Device is searching for (discovering) the NCC.

second and green for 1

second alternatively

Amber Green

Blinks amber and green alternatively 3 times and then turns solid green for 3 seconds.

The NCC is connecting to the registered Zyxel Device.

Off

The Zyxel Device is in standalone mode.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
47

Chapter 3 Hardware

Table 14 NWA1302-AC/ WAC5301D-Sv2 LEDs (continued)

LED

C O LO R

STA TUS

DESC RIPTIO N

UPLINK WLAN

Amber Green
Green

On Blinking
On
Blinking
Off On Off

The port is operating as a 10/100 Mbps connection.
The Zyxel Device is sending/receiving data through the port at 10/100 Mbps.
The port is operating as a Gigabit connection (1000 Mbps).
The Zyxel Device is sending/receiving data through the port at 1 Gbps.
The port is not connected.
The 2.4 GHz WLAN is active.
The 2.4 GHz WLAN is not active.

WLAN

Green

Off

The 5 GHz WLAN is active. The 5 GHz WLAN is not active.

LAN

Amber

Blinking

Green

Blinking

Off

The port is operating as a 10/100 Mbps connection.
The LAN port is sending/receiving data through the port at 10/100 Mbps.
The port is operating as a Gigabit connection (1000 Mbps).
The LAN port is sending/receiving data through the port at 1 Gbps.
The LAN port is not connected.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
48

Chapter 3 Hardware
3.4.3 WAC 6502D- E, WAC 6502D- S, a nd WAC 6503D- S
Fig ure 20 WAC6502D-E, WAC6502D-S, or WAC6503D-S LEDs

The following table describes the LEDs.

Table 15 WAC6502D-E, WAC6502D-S, or WAC6503D-S LEDs

LED

C O LO R

STA TUS

DESC RIPTIO N

PWR/SYS

Amber Green

Blinks amber for 1

The Zyxel Device is booting up or is connecting to the

second and green for 1 NCC or to an AC.

second alternatively.

Green

The Zyxel Device is ready for use.

Slow Blinking (On for 1s, The wireless module of the Zyxel Device is disabled or

Off for 1s)

failed.

Red

There is system error and the Zyxel Device cannot boot up, or the Zyxel Device suffered a system failure.

Fast Blinking (On for 50ms, Off for 50 ms)

The Zyxel Device is doing firmware upgrade.

Slow Blinking (Blink for 3 The Uplink interface is down. times, Off for 3s)

Slow Blinking (Blink for 2 The Zyxel Device is managed by an AC and the uplink is

times, Off for 3s)

disconnected.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
49

Chapter 3 Hardware

Table 15 WAC6502D-E, WAC6502D-S, or WAC6503D-S LEDs (continued)

LED

C O LO R

STA TUS

DESC RIPTIO N

Management Green

WLAN

Amber Green Amber Green
Green

The Zyxel Device is managed by a the NCC or an AC.

Slow Blinking (Blink for 3 The Zyxel Device is searching (discovery) for an AC. times, Off for 3s)

Slow Blinking (On for 1s, The Zyxel Device is using default wireless settings, or the

Off for 1s)

Zyxel Device is connected to the NCC but is unregistered

with the NCC.

Off

The Zyxel Device is in standalone mode.

Blinks amber for 1

The Zyxel Device is searching (discovery) for the NCC.

second and green for 1

second alternatively

Blinks amber and green alternatively 3 times and then turns solid green for 3 seconds.

The NCC is connecting to the registered Zyxel Device.

The 2.4 GHz WLAN is active.

Off

The 2.4 GHz WLAN is not active.

WLAN

Green

Off

The 5 GHz WLAN is active. The 5 GHz WLAN is not active.

UPLINK LAN Locator

Amber Green
Amber Green
White

On Blinking
On
Blinking
Off On Blinking
On
Blinking
Off Blinking

Off

The port is operating as a 100 Mbps connection.
The Zyxel Device is sending/receiving data through the port at 100 Mbps.
The port is operating as a Gigabit connection (1000 Mbps).
The Zyxel Device is sending/receiving data through the port at 1 Gbps.
The port is not connected.
The port is operating as a 100 Mbps connection.
The LAN port is sending/receiving data through the port at 100 Mbps.
The port is operating as a Gigabit connection (1000 Mbps).
The LAN port is sending/receiving data through the port at 1 Gbps.
The LAN port is not connected.
The Locator is activated and will blink to show the actual location of the Zyxel Device between several devices in the network.
The Locator function is off.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
50

3.4.4 WAC 6103D- I
Fig ure 21 WAC6103D-I LEDs

Chapter 3 Hardware

The following table describes the LEDs.

Table 16 WAC6103D-I LEDs

LED

C O LO R

STA TUS

DESC RIPTIO N

PWR/SYS

Amber Green

Blinks amber for 1

The Zyxel Device is booting up.

second and green for 1

second alternatively.

Green

The Zyxel Device is ready for use.

Slow Blinking (On for 1s, The wireless module of the Zyxel Device is disabled or

Off for 1s)

failed.

Red

There is system error and the Zyxel Device cannot boot up, or the Zyxel Device suffered a system failure.

Fast Blinking (On for 50 The Zyxel Device is doing firmware upgrade. ms, Off for 50 ms)

Slow Blinking (Blink for 3 The Uplink port is disconnected. times, Off for 3s)

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
51

Chapter 3 Hardware

Table 16 WAC6103D-I LEDs (continued)

LED

C O LO R

STA TUS

DESC RIPTIO N

Management Green

The Zyxel Device is managed by an AC or the NCC.

Slow Blinking (Blink for 3 The Zyxel Device is searching (discovery) for an AC. times, Off for 3s)

Slow Blinking (On for 1s, The Zyxel Device is using default wireless settings, or the

Off for 1s)

Zyxel Device is connected to the NCC but is unregistered

with the NCC.

Off

The Zyxel Device is in standalone mode.

Amber Green

Blinks amber for 1

The Zyxel Device is searching (discovery) for the NCC.

second and green for 1

second alternatively

Amber Green

Blinks amber and green alternatively 3 times and then turns solid green for 3 seconds.

The NCC is connecting to the registered Zyxel Device.

WLAN

Green

The 2.4 GHz radio is set to "Ceiling" and is active.

Amber

The 2.4 GHz radio is set to "Wall" and is active.

Off

The 2.4 GHz WLAN is not active.

WLAN

Green

The 5 GHz radio is set to "Ceiling" and is active.

Amber

The 5 GHz radio is set to "Wall" and is active.

Off

The 5 GHz WLAN is not active.

UPLINK

Amber

The port is operating as a 100 Mbps connection.

Blinking

The Zyxel Device is sending/receiving data through the port at 100 Mbps.

Green

The port is operating as a Gigabit connection (1000 Mbps).

Blinking

The Zyxel Device is sending/receiving data through the port at 1 Gbps.

Off

The port is not connected.

LAN

Amber

The port is operating as a 100 Mbps connection.

Blinking

The LAN port is sending/receiving data through the port at 100 Mbps.

Green

The port is operating as a Gigabit connection (1000 Mbps).

Blinking

The LAN port is sending/receiving data through the port at 1 Gbps.

Off

The LAN port is not connected.

Locator

White

Blinking

The Locator is activated and will blink to show the actual location of the Zyxel Device between several devices in the network.

Off

The Locator function is off.

3.4.5 WAC 5302D- S
The LEDs automatically turn off when the WAC5302D-S is ready. You can press the LED O N button for one second to turn on the LEDs again. The LEDs will blink and turn off after two minutes.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
52

Chapter 3 Hardware Fig ure 22 WAC5302D-S LEDs

The following table describes the LEDs.

Table 17 WAC5302D-S LEDs

LED

C O LO R

STA TUS

DESC RIPTIO N

PWR/SYS

Amber Green

Blinks amber for 1

The LED blinks amber and green alternatively when the

second and green for 1 WAC is booting up.

second alternatively.

Green

The Zyxel Device is ready for use.

Slow Blinking (On for 1s, The wireless module of the Zyxel Device is disabled or

Off for 1s)

failed.

Fast Blinking (On 50 ms, The Locator LED is on. Off 50 ms)

Red

There is system error and the Zyxel Device cannot boot up, or the Zyxel Device suffered a system failure.

Fast Blinking (On for 50ms, Off for 50 ms)

The Zyxel Device is doing firmware upgrade.

Slow Blinking (Blink for 3 The Uplink interface is down. times, Off for 3s)

Slow Blinking (Blink for 2 The Zyxel Device is managed by an AC and the uplink is

times, Off for 3s)

disconnected.

Management Green

The Zyxel Device is managed by a controller.

Slow Blinking (Blink for 3 The Zyxel Device is searching (discovery) for a controller. times, Off for 3s)

Slow Blinking (On for 1s, The Zyxel Device is using default wireless settings, or the

Off for 1s)

Zyxel Device is connected to the NCC but is unregistered

with the NCC.

Off

The Zyxel Device is in standalone mode.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
53

Chapter 3 Hardware

Table 17 WAC5302D-S LEDs (continued)

LED

C O LO R

STA TUS

UPLINK

Amber

Blinking

Green

Blinking

WLAN WLAN LAN

Green Green Amber

Off On Off On Off On Blinking

Green

Blinking

Off

DESC RIPTIO N
The port is operating as a 10/100 Mbps connection. The Zyxel Device is sending/receiving data through the port at 10/100 Mbps. The port is operating as a Gigabit connection (1000 Mbps). The Zyxel Device is sending/receiving data through the port at 1 Gbps. The port is not connected. The 2.4 GHz WLAN is active. The 2.4 GHz WLAN is not active.
The 5 GHz WLAN is active. The 5 GHz WLAN is not active.
The port is operating as a 10/100 Mbps connection. The LAN port is sending/receiving data through the port at 10/100 Mbps. The port is operating as a Gigabit connection (1000 Mbps). The LAN port is sending/receiving data through the port at 1 Gbps. The LAN port is not connected.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
54

C HA PTER 4 We b C o nfig ura to r
4.1 O ve rvie w
The Web Configurator is an HTML-based management interface that allows easy system setup and management via internet browser. Use a browser that supports HTML5, such Internet Explorer 11, Mozilla Firefox, or Google Chrome. The recommended screen resolution is 1024 by 768 pixels. In order to use the Web Configurator you need to allow: · Web browser pop-up windows from your device. · JavaScript (enabled by default). · Java permissions (enabled by default).
4.2 Ac c e ssing the We b C o nfig ura to r
1 Make sure your Zyxel Device hardware is properly connected. See the Quick Start Guide. 2 If the Zyxel Device and your computer are not connected to a DHCP server, make sure your computer's
IP address is in the range between "192.168.1.3" and "192.168.1.254". 3 Browse to the Zyxel Device's DHCP-assigned IP address or http://192.168.1.2. The Lo g in screen appears. If
you are in NCC mode, check the NCC's AP > Mo nito r > Ac c e ss Po int screen for the Zyxel Device's LAN IP address.
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
55

Chapter 4 Web Configurator
If a Zyxel Device is in standalone mode and supports NCC, the login page displays as shown in the following figure.
Click Ne bula Mo de to show the following screen. Here, you can watch a tutorial for using the Zyxel Nebula Control Center (NCC) or access the link to the NCC, as shown in the following figure. Otherwise, continue with the next step. The NCC is a cloud-based network management system that allows you to
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
56

Chapter 4 Web Configurator remotely manage and monitor the Zyxel Device (see Section 2.1.2 on page 27).
If you want to return to the login page, click Sta nda lo ne Mo de and follow the next steps. 4 Enter the user name (default: "admin") and password (default: "1234"). If the Zyxel Device is being
managed or has been managed by the NCC, check the NCC's Site - Wide > C o nfig ure > G e ne ra l se tting screen for the Zyxel Device's current password. 5 Select the language you prefer for the Web Configurator. Click Lo g in. 6 The wizard screen opens when the Zyxel Device is accessed for the first time or when you reset the Zyxel Device to its default factory settings. 7 If you logged in using the default user name and password, the Upda te Adm in Info screen appears. Otherwise, the dashboard appears.
The Upda te Adm in Info screen appears every time you log in using the default user name and default password. If you change the password for the default user account, this screen does not appear anymore.
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
57

Chapter 4 Web Configurator
4.3 Na vig a ting the We b C o nfig ura to r
The following summarizes how to navigate the Web Configurator from the Da shbo a rd screen. The following figures show the Da shbo a rd screen for standalone mode and for cloud (NCC) mode. The screen is different for standalone mode and cloud (NCC) mode and may vary slightly for different models. Fig ure 23 The Web Configurator's Main Screen for Standalone Mode
Fig ure 24 The Web Configurator's Main Screen for Cloud Mode
The Web Configurator's main screen is divided into these parts: · A - Title Bar · B - Navigation Panel · C - Main Window
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
58

Chapter 4 Web Configurator
4.3.1 Title Ba r
The title bar provides some useful links that always appear over the screens below, regardless of how deep into the Web Configurator you navigate. If your Zyxel Device is in NCC mode, not all icons will be available in the Title Bar. Fig ure 25 Title Bar

The icons provide the following functions.

Table 18 Title Bar: Web Configurator Icons

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Wizard

Click this to open the wizard. See Chapter 7 on page 75 for more information.

Help

Click this to open the help page for the current screen.

Forum

Click this to go to Zyxel Biz User Forum, where you can get the latest Zyxel Device information and have conversations with other people by posting your messages.

Site Map

Click this to see an overview of links to the Web Configurator screens.

CLI

Click this to open a popup window that displays the CLI commands sent by the Web

Configurator.

Logout

Click this to log out of the Web Configurator.

nebula

Click this to open the NCC web site login page in a new tab or window.

Site Ma p
Click Site MAP to see an overview of links to the Web Configurator screens. Click a screen's link to go to that screen.
Fig ure 26 Site Map

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
59

Chapter 4 Web Configurator
C LI Me ssa g e s
Click C LI to look at the CLI commands sent by the Web Configurator. These commands appear in a popup window, such as the following. Fig ure 27 CLI Messages
Click C le a r to remove the currently displayed information. Note: See the Command Reference Guide for information about the commands.
4.3.2 Na vig a tio n Pa ne l
Use the menu items on the navigation panel to open screens to configure Zyxel Device features. Click the arrow in the middle of the right edge of the navigation panel to hide the navigation panel menus or drag it to resize them. The following sections introduce the Zyxel Device's navigation panel menus and their screens. Fig ure 28 Navigation Panel
4.3.3 Sta nda lo ne Mo de Na vig a tio n Pa ne l Me nus
The following are the screens available in standalone mode. Note that some screens may not be available for your Zyxel Device model. See Section 1.4 on page 19 to see which features your Zyxel Device model supports.
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
60

Chapter 4 Web Configurator

Da shb o a rd
The dashboard displays general device information, system status, system resource usage, and interface status in widgets that you can re-arrange to suit your needs.
For details on the Dashboard's features, see Chapter 6 on page 69.

Mo nito r Me nu

The monitor menu screens display status and statistics information.

Table 19 Monitor Menu Screens Summary

FO LDER O R LINK

TA B

FUNC TIO N

Network Status

Display general LAN interface information and packet statistics.

Wireless

AP Information

Radio List

Display information about the radios of the connected APs.

Station Info

Station List

Display information about the connected stations.

WDS Link Info

WDS Link Info Display statistics about the Zyxel Device's WDS (Wireless Distribution System) connections.

Detected Device

Display information about suspected rogue APs.

Log

View Log

Display log entries for the Zyxel Device.

C o nfig ura tio n Me nu

Use the configuration menu screens to configure the Zyxel Device's features.

Table 20 Configuration Menu Screens Summary

FO LDER O R LINK TAB

FUNC TIO N

Network

IP Setting

Configure the IP address for the Zyxel Device Ethernet interface.

VLAN

Manage the Ethernet interface VLAN settings.

Storm Control

Enable or disable the broadcast/multicast storm control feature.

AC Discovery

Configure the Zyxel Device's AP Controller settings.

NCC Discovery

Configure proxy server settings to access the NCC.

Wireless

AP Management

WLAN Setting

Manage the Zyxel Device's general wireless settings.

Rogue AP

Rogue/Friendly AP List

Configure how the Zyxel Device monitors for rogue APs.

Load Balancing Load Balancing

Configure load balancing for traffic moving to and from wireless clients.

DCS

Configure dynamic wireless channel selection.

Bluetooth

Advertising Settings Configure the beacon ID(s) to be included in the Bluetooth advertising packet.

Object

User

Create and manage users.

Setting

Manage default settings for all users, general settings for user sessions, and rules to force user authentication.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
61

Chapter 4 Web Configurator

Table 20 Configuration Menu Screens Summary (continued)

FO LDER O R LINK TAB

FUNC TIO N

AP Profile

Radio

Create and manage wireless radio settings files that can be associated with different APs.

SSID

Create and manage wireless SSID, security, MAC filtering, and layer-2 isolation files that can be associated with different APs.

MON Profile

Create and manage rogue AP monitoring files that can be associated with different APs.

WDS Profile

WDS

Create and manage WDS profiles that can be used to connect to different APs in WDS.

Certificate

My Certificates

Create and manage th e Zyxel Device's certificates.

Trusted Certificates Import and manage certificates from trusted sources.

System

Host Name

Configure the system and domain name for the Zyxel Device.

Power Mode

Configure the Zyxel Device's power settings.

Date/Time

Configure the current date, time, and time zone in the Zyxel Device.

WWW

Service Control

Configure HTTP, HTTPS, and general authentication.

SSH

Configure SSH server and SSH service settings.

TELNET

Configure telnet server settings for the Zyxel Device.

FTP

Configure FTP server settings.

SNMP

Configure SNMP communities and services.

Log & Report

Email Daily Report

Configure where and how to send daily reports and what reports to send.

Log Setting

Configure the system log, e-mail logs, and remote syslog servers.

Ma inte na nc e Me nu

Use the maintenance menu screens to manage configuration and firmware files, run diagnostics, and reboot or shut down the Zyxel Device.

Table 21 Maintenance Menu Screens Summary

FO LDER O R LINK TAB

FUNC TIO N

File Manager

Configuration File Manage and upload configuration files for the Zyxel Device.

Firmware Package View the current firmware version and to upload firmware.

Shell Script

Manage and run shell script files for the Zyxel Device.

Diagnostics

Collect diagnostic information.

LEDs

Suppression

Enable this feature to keep the LEDs off after the Zyxel Device starts.

Locator

Enable this feature to see the actual location of the Zyxel Device between several devices in the network.

Antenna

Antenna Switch

Change antenna orientation for the radios.

Reboot

Restart the Zyxel Device.

Shutdown

Turn off the Zyxel Device.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
62

Chapter 4 Web Configurator

4.3.4 C lo ud Mo de Na vig a tio n Pa ne l Me nus

If your Zyxel Device is in NCC mode, you only need to use the Web Configurator for troubleshooting if your Zyxel Device cannot connect to the Internet.

Da shb o a rd
The dashboard displays general Zyxel Device information, and AP information in widgets that you can re-arrange to suit your needs.
For details on the Dashboard's features, see Chapter 25 on page 245.

C o nfig ura tio n Me nu

Use the configuration menu screens to configure the Zyxel Device's features.

Table 22 Configuration Menu Screens Summary

FO LDER O R LINK TAB

FUNC TIO N

Network

IP Setting

Configure the IP address for the Zyxel Device Ethernet interface.

VLAN

Manage the Ethernet interface VLAN settings.

4.3.5 Ta b le s a nd Lists
The Web Configurator tables and lists are quite flexible and provide several options for how to display their entries.
4.3.5.1 Ma nipula ting Ta b le Displa y
Here are some of the ways you can manipulate the Web Configurator tables.
1 Click a column heading to sort the table's entries according to that column's criteria.

2 Click the down arrow next to a column heading for more options about how to display the entries. The options available vary depending on the type of fields in the column. Here are some examples of what you can do: · Sort in ascending alphabetical order · Sort in descending (reverse) alphabetical order · Select which columns to display · Group entries by field · Show entries in groups
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
63

Chapter 4 Web Configurator · Filter by mathematical operators (<, >, or =) or searching for text.
3 Select a column heading cell's right border and drag to re-size the column.
4 Select a column heading and drag and drop it to change the column order. A green check mark displays next to the column's title when you drag the column to a valid new location.
5 Use the icons and fields at the bottom of the table to navigate to different pages of entries and control how many entries display at a time.
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
64

Chapter 4 Web Configurator
4.3.5.2 Wo rking with Ta b le Entrie s
The tables have icons for working with table entries. A sample is shown next. You can often use the [Shift] or [Ctrl] key to select multiple entries to remove, activate, or deactivate. Fig ure 29 Common Table Icons

Here are descriptions for the most common table icons.

Table 23 Common Table Icons

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Add

Click this to create a new entry. For features where the entry's position in the numbered list is important (features where the Zyxel Device applies the table's entries in order like the firewall for example), you can select an entry and click Add to create a new entry after the selected entry.

Edit

Double-click an entry or select it and click Edit to open a screen where you can modify the

entry's settings. In some tables you can just click a table entry and edit it directly in the

table. For those types of tables small red triangles display for table entries with changes that

you have not yet applied.

Remove

To remove an entry, select it and click Re m o ve . The Zyxel Device confirms you want to remove it before doing so.

Activate

To turn on an entry, select it and click Ac tiva te .

Inactivate

To turn off an entry, select it and click Ina c tiva te .

Object Reference

Select an entry and click O b je c t Re fe re nc e to open a screen that shows which settings use the entry.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
65

PA RT I
Sta nda lo ne C o nfig ura tio n
66

C HA PTER 5 Sta nda lo ne C o nfig ura tio n
5.1 O ve rvie w
The Zyxel Device is in standalone mode by default. Use the web configurator to manage and configure the Zyxel Device directly. As shown in the following figure, wireless clients can connect to the Zyxel Device (A) to access network resources.

5.2 Sta rting a nd Sto pping the Zyxe l De vic e

Here are some of the ways to start and stop the Zyxel Device.

Alwa ys use Ma inte na nc e > Shutdo wn o r the shutdown c o m m a nd
b e fo re yo u turn o ff the Zyxe l De vic e o r re m o ve the po we r. No t do ing so c a n c a use the firm wa re to b e c o m e c o rrupt.

Table 24 Starting and Stopping the Zyxel Device

METHO D

DESC RIPTIO N

Turning on the power

A cold start occurs when you turn on the power to the Zyxel Device. The Zyxel Device powers up, checks the hardware, and starts the system processes.

Rebooting the Zyxel Device

A warm start (without powering down and powering up again) occurs when you use the Re bo o t button in the Re bo o t screen or when you use the reboot command. The Zyxel Device writes all cached data to the local storage, stops the system processes, and then does a warm start.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
67

Chapter 5 Standalone Configuration

Table 24 Starting and Stopping the Zyxel Device

METHO D

DESC RIPTIO N

Using the RESET button

If you press the RESETbutton on the back of the Zyxel Device, the Zyxel Device sets the configuration to its default values and then reboots. See Section 28.6 on page 263 for more information.

Clicking Ma inte na nc e
> Shutdo wn >
Shutdo wn or using the shutdown command

Clicking Ma inte na nc e > Shutdo wn > Shutdo wn or using the shutdown command writes all cached data to the local storage and stops the system processes. Wait for the Zyxel Device to shut down and then manually turn off or remove the power. It does not turn off the power.

Disconnecting the power

Power off occurs when you turn off the power to the Zyxel Device. The Zyxel Device simply turns off. It does not stop the system processes or write cached data to local storage.

The Zyxel Device does not stop or start the system processes when you apply configuration files or run shell scripts although you may temporarily lose access to network resources.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
68

C HA PTER 6 Da shb o a rd
6.1 O ve rvie w
This screen displays general device information, system status, system resource usage, and interface status in widgets that you can re-arrange to suit your needs. You can also collapse, refresh, and close individual widgets. Fig ure 30 Dashboard

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 25 Dashboard

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Widget Settings (A) Use this link to re-open closed widgets. Widgets that are already open appear grayed out.

Refresh Time Setting Set the interval for refreshing the information displayed in the widget. (B)

Refresh Now (C)

Click this to update the widget's information immediately.

Close Widget (D)

Click this to close the widget. Use Widg e t Se tting s to re-open it.

Device Information

System Name

This field displays the name used to identify the Zyxel Device on any network. Click the icon to open the screen where you can change it.

System Location This field displays the location of the Zyxel Device. Click the icon to open the screen where you can change it.

Model Name

This field displays the model name of this Zyxel Device.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
69

Chapter 6 Dashboard

Table 25 Dashboard (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Serial Number

This field displays the serial number of this Zyxel Device.

MAC Address Range

This field displays the MAC addresses used by the Zyxel Device. Each physical port or wireless radio has one MAC address. The first MAC address is assigned to the Ethernet LAN port, the second MAC address is assigned to the first radio, and so on.

Firmware Version This field displays the version number and date of the firmware the Zyxel Device is currently running. Click the icon to open the screen where you can upload firmware.

Last Firmware

This field displays whether the latest firmware update was successfully completed.

Upgrade Status

Last Firmware Upgrade

This field displays the date and time when the last firmware update was made.

System Resources

CPU Usage

This field displays what percentage of the Zyxel Device's processing capability is currently being used. Hover your cursor over this field to display the Sho w C PU Usa g e icon that takes you to a chart of the Zyxel Device's recent CPU usage.

Memory Usage

This field displays what percentage of the Zyxel Device's RAM is currently being used. Hover your cursor over this field to display the Sho w Me m o ry Usa g e icon that takes you to a chart of the Zyxel Device's recent memory usage.

Flash Usage

This field displays what percentage of the Zyxel Device's onboard flash memory is currently being used.

Ethernet Neighbor

Local Port (Description)

This field displays the port of the Zyxel Device, on which the neighboring device is discovered.

Model Name

This field displays the model name of the discovered device.

System Name

This field displays the system name of the discovered device.

FW Version

This field displays the firmware version of the discovered device.

Port (Description) This field displays the discovered device's port which is connected to the Zyxel Device.

This field displays the IP address of the discovered device. Click the IP address to access

and manage the discovered device using its Web Configurator.

MAC

This field displays the MAC address of the discovered device.

WDS (Wireless Distribution System) Uplink/Downlink Status

MAC Address

This field displays the MAC address of the root AP or repeater to which the Zyxel Device is connected using WDS.

Radio

This field displays the radio number on the root AP or repeater to which the Zyxel Device is connected using WDS.

Channel

This field displays the channel number on the root AP or repeater to which the Zyxel Device is connected using WDS.

SSID

This field displays the name of the wireless network to which the Zyxel Device is connected using WDS.

Security Mode

This field displays which secure encryption methods is being used by the Zyxel Device to connect to the root AP or repeater using WDS.

Link Status

This field displays the RSSI (Received Signal Strength Indicator) and transmission/reception rate of the wireless connection in WDS.

System Status

System Uptime

This field displays how long the Zyxel Device has been running since it last restarted or was turned on.

Current Date/ Time

This field displays the current date and time in the Zyxel Device. The format is yyyy-mm-dd hh:mm:ss.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
70

Chapter 6 Dashboard

Table 25 Dashboard (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Current Login User

This field displays the user name used to log in to the current session, the amount of reauthentication time remaining, and the amount of lease time remaining.

Boot Status

This field displays details about the Zyxel Device's startup state.

O K - The Zyxel Device started up successfully.

Firm wa re upda te O K - A firmware update was successful.

Pro b le m a tic c o nfig ura tio n a fte r firm wa re upda te - The application of the configuration failed after a firmware upgrade.

Syste m de fa ult c o nfig ura tio n - The Zyxel Device successfully applied the system default configuration. This occurs when the Zyxel Device starts for the first time or you intentionally reset the Zyxel Device to the system default settings.

Fa llb a c k to la stg o o d c o nfig ura tio n - The Zyxel Device was unable to apply the startupconfig.conf configuration file and fell back to the lastgood.conf configuration file.

Fa llb a c k to syste m de fa ult c o nfig ura tio n - The Zyxel Device was unable to apply the lastgood.conf configuration file and fell back to the system default configuration file (system-default.conf).

Management Mode Power Mode

Bo o ting in pro g re ss - The Zyxel Device is still applying the system configuration. This shows whether the Zyxel Device is set to work as a stand alone AP.
This displays the Zyxel Device's power status.

Full - the Zyxel Device receives power using a power adapter and/or through a PoE switch/ injector using IEEE 802.3at PoE plus or IEEE 802.3bt (WAX650S only at the time of writing).

Lim ite d - the Zyxel Device receives power through a PoE switch/injector using IEEE 802.3af PoE or IEEE 802.3at PoE plus (WAX650S only at the time of writing) even when it is also connected to a power source using a power adapter.

When the Zyxel Device is in limited power mode, the Zyxel Device throughput decreases and has just one transmitting radio chain.

Bluetooth

It always shows Full if the Zyxel Device does not support power detection. See Section 1.4 on page 19.
This field displays the Zyxel Device's Bluetooth Low Energy (BLE) capability. Bluetooth Low Energy, which is also known as Bluetooth Smart, transmits less data over a shorter distance and consumes less power than classic Bluetooth. The Zyxel Device communicates with other BLE enabled devices using advertisements.

N/ A displays if the Zyxel Device does not support BLE.

Una va ila b le displays if the Zyxel Device supports Bluetooth, but there is no BLE USB dongle connected to the USB port of the Zyxel Device. Some Zyxel Devices, such as the WAC5302DS, need to have a supported BLE USB dongle attached to act as a beacon to broadcast packets.

Ava ila b le displays if the Zyxel Device supports Bluetooth and detects a BLE device but advertising is inactive.

Interface Status Summary
Name

Adve rtising displays if the Zyxel Device supports Bluetooth, detects a BLE device, and advertising is activated, which means the Zyxel Device can broadcast packets to every BLE device around it.
If an Ethernet interface does not have any physical ports associated with it, its entry is displayed in light gray text. Click the De ta il icon to go to a (more detailed) summary screen of interface statistics.
This field displays the name of each interface.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
71

Chapter 6 Dashboard

Table 25 Dashboard (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Status

This field displays the current status of each interface. The possible values depend on what type of interface it is.

Ina c tive - The Ethernet interface is disabled.

Do wn - The Ethernet interface is enabled but not connected.

VID IP Addr/Netmask
IP Assignment

Spe e d / Duple x - The Ethernet interface is enabled and connected. This field displays the port speed and duplex setting (Full or Ha lf).
This field displays the VLAN ID to which the interface belongs.
This field displays the current IP address and subnet mask assigned to the interface. If the IP address is 0.0.0.0, the interface is disabled or did not receive an IP address and subnet mask via DHCP.
This field displays how the interface gets its IP address.

Sta tic - This interface has a static IP address.

Action

DHC P C lie nt - This interface gets its IP address from a DHCP server. If the interface has a static IP address, this shows n/ a .

WLAN Interface Status Summary
Status MAC Address Radio Band

If the interface has a dynamic IP address, use this field to get or to update the IP address for the interface. Click Re ne w to send a new DHCP request to a DHCP server. This displays status information for the WLAN interface.
This displays whether or not the WLAN interface is activated. This displays the MAC address of the radio. This indicates the radio number on the Zyxel Device. This indicates the wireless frequency band currently being used by the radio.

OP Mode
Channel Antenna

This shows - when the radio is in monitor mode. This indicates the radio's operating mode. Operating modes are AP (MBSSID), MO N (monitor), Ro o t AP or Re pe a te r.
This indicates the channel number the radio is using. This indicates the antenna orientation for the radio (Wa ll or C e iling ).

Station AP Information All Sensed Device
Un-Classified AP Rogue AP Friendly AP

This field is not available if the Zyxel Device does not allow you to adjust antenna orientation for the Zyxel Device's radio(s) using the web configurator or a physical switch. Refer to Section 1.4 on page 19 to see if your Zyxel Device has an antenna switch.
This displays the number of wireless clients connected to the Zyxel Device.
This shows a summary of connected wireless Access Points (APs).
This sections displays a summary of all wireless devices detected by the network. Click the link to go to the Mo nito r > Wire le ss > De te c te d De vic e screen.
This displays the number of detected unclassified APs.
This displays the number of detected rogue APs.
This displays the number of detected friendly APs.

6.1.1 C PU Usa g e
Use this screen to look at a chart of the Zyxel Device's recent CPU usage. To access this screen, click C PU Usa g e in the dashboard.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
72

Chapter 6 Dashboard Fig ure 31 Dashboard > CPU Usage

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 26 Dashboard > CPU Usage

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

The y-axis represents the percentage of CPU usage.

time

The x-axis shows the time period over which the CPU usage occurred.

Refresh Interval Enter how often you want this window to be automatically updated.

Refresh Now

Click this to update the information in the window right away.

6.1.2 Me m o ry Usa g e
Use this screen to look at a chart of the Zyxel Device's recent memory (RAM) usage. To access this screen, click Me m o ry Usa g e in the dashboard.
Fig ure 32 Dashboard > Memory Usage

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
73

Chapter 6 Dashboard

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 27 Dashboard > Memory Usage

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

The y-axis represents the percentage of RAM usage.

time

The x-axis shows the time period over which the RAM usage occurred

Refresh Interval Enter how often you want this window to be automatically updated.

Refresh Now

Click this to update the information in the window right away.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
74

C HA PTER 7 Se tup Wiza rd
7.1 Ac c e ssing the Wiza rd
When you log into the Web Configurator for the first time or when you reset the Zyxel Device to its default configuration, the wizard screen displays. Note: If you have already configured the wizard screens and want to open it again, click the
Wiza rd icon on the upper right corner of any Web Configurator screen.
7.2 Using the Wiza rd
This wizard helps you configure the Zyxel Device IP address, change time zone, daylight saving and radio settings, and edit an SSID profile to change general wireless and wireless security settings.
7.2.1 Ste p 1 Tim e Se tting s
Use this screen to configure the Zyxel Device's country code, time zone and daylight saving time. · C o untry C o de : Select the country where the Zyxel Device is located. Note: The country code field is not available and you cannot change the country code if the
Zyxel Device products comply with the U.S. laws, policies and regulations and are to be sold to the U.S. market. · Tim e Zo ne : Select the time zone of your location. This will set the time difference between your time zone and Greenwich Mean Time (GMT). · Ena b le Da ylig ht Sa ving : Select the option if you use Daylight Saving Time. Configure the day and time when Daylight Saving Time starts and ends. · O ffse t allows you to specify how much the clock changes when daylight saving begins and ends. Enter a number from 1 to 5.5 (by 0.5 increments). Click Ne xt to proceed. Click C a nc e l to close the wizard without saving.
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
75

Chapter 7 Setup Wizard Fig ure 33 Wizard: Time Settings
7.2.2 Ste p 2 Pa sswo rd a nd Uplink C o nne c tio n
Use this screen to configure the Zyxel Device's system password and IP address. C ha ng e Pa sswo rd: Enter a new password and retype it to confirm. Uplink C o nne c tio n: Select Auto (DHC P) if the Zyxel Device is connected to a router with the DHCP server enabled. You then need to check the router for the IP address assigned to the Zyxel Device in order to access the Zyxel Device's Web Configurator again. Otherwise, select Sta tic IP when the Zyxel Device is NOT connected to a router or you want to assign it a fixed IP address. You will need to manually enter: · the Zyxel Device's IP address and subnet mask. · the IP address of the router that helps forward traffic. · a DNS server's IP address. The Domain Name System (DNS) maps a domain name to an IP address
and vice versa. The DNS server is extremely important because without it, you must know the IP address of a computer before you can access it. Click Pre v to return to the previous screen. Click Ne xt to proceed. Click C a nc e l to close the wizard without saving.
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
76

Chapter 7 Setup Wizard Fig ure 34 Wizard: Change Password and Uplink Connection
7.2.3 Ste p 3 Ra dio
Use this screen to configure the Zyxel Device's radio transmitter(s). · C ha nne l Se le c tio n: Select Auto to have the Zyxel Device automatically choose a radio channel that
has least interference. Otherwise, select Ma nua l and specify a channel the Zyxel Device will use in the 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz wireless LAN. The options vary depending on the frequency band and the country you are in. · Ma xim um O utput Po we r: Enter the maximum output power of the Zyxel Device. If there is a high density of APs in an area, decrease the output power of the Zyxel Device to reduce interference with other APs. Note: Reducing the output power also reduces the Zyxel Device's effective broadcast radius. Click Pre v to return to the previous screen. Click Ne xt to proceed. Click C a nc e l to close the wizard without saving. Fig ure 35 Wizard: Radio
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
77

Chapter 7 Setup Wizard
7.2.4 Ste p 4 SSID
Use this screen to enable, disable or edit an SSID profile. Select an SSID profile and click the Sta tus switch to turn it on or off. To change an SSID profile's settings, such as the SSID (WiFi network name) and WiFi password, double-click the SSID profile entry from the list. See Section 7.2.4.1 on page 78 for more information. Note: You cannot add or remove an SSID profile after running the setup wizard. Fig ure 36 Wizard: SSID
7.2.4.1 Edit SSID Pro file
Use this screen to configure an SSID profile. The screen varies depending on the security type you selected. · SSID: Enter a descriptive name of up to 32 printable characters for the wireless LAN. · VLAN ID: Enter a VLAN ID for the Zyxel Device to use to tag traffic originating from this SSID.
Ba nd Mo de : Select the wireless band which this profile should use. 2.4 GHz is the frequency used by IEEE 802.11b/g/n wireless clients. 5 GHz is the frequency used by IEEE 802.11ac/a/n wireless clients. · Se c urity Type : Select WPA2 to add security on this wireless network. Otherwise, select O PEN to allow any wireless client to associate this network without authentication. · Pe rso na l: If you set Se c urity Type to WPA2 and select Pe rso na l, enter a pre-shared key of between 8 and 63 case-sensitive ASCII characters (including spaces and symbols) or 64 hexadecimal characters. · Ente rprise : Select this option and the Prim a ry / Se c o nda ry RADIUS Se rve r check box to have the Zyxel Device use the specified RADIUS server. You have to enter the IP address, port number and shared secret password of the RADIUS server to be used for authentication. Click O K to proceed. Click C a nc e l to close the screen without saving.
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
78

Chapter 7 Setup Wizard Fig ure 37 Wizard: SSID: Edit (WPA2-Personal)
Fig ure 38 Wizard: SSID: Edit (WPA2-Enterprise)
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
79

Chapter 7 Setup Wizard
7.2.5 Sum m a ry
Use this screen to check whether what you have configured is correct. Click Sa ve to apply your settings and complete the wizard setup. Otherwise, click Pre v to return to the previous screen or click C a nc e l to close the wizard without saving. Fig ure 39 Wizard: Summary
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
80

C HA PTER 8 Mo nito r
8.1 O ve rvie w
Use the Mo nito r screens to check status and statistics information.
8.1.1 Wha t Yo u C a n Do in this C ha pte r
· The Ne two rk Sta tus screen (Section 8.3 on page 82) displays general LAN interface information and packet statistics.
· The AP Info rm a tio n > Ra dio List screen (Section 8.4 on page 84) displays statistics about the wireless radio transmitters in the Zyxel Device.
· The Sta tio n Info screen (Section 8.5 on page 88) displays statistics pertaining to the associated stations.
· The WDS Link Info screen (Section 8.6 on page 89) displays statistics about the Zyxel Device's WDS (Wireless Distribution System) connections.
· The De te c te d De vic e screen (Section 8.7 on page 90) displays information about suspected rogue APs.
· The Vie w Lo g screen (Section 8.8 on page 93) displays the Zyxel Device's current log messages. You can change the way the log is displayed, you can e-mail the log, and you can also clear the log in this screen.
8.2 Wha t Yo u Ne e d to Kno w
The following terms and concepts may help as you read through the chapter.
Ro g ue AP
Rogue APs are wireless access points operating in a network's coverage area that are not under the control of the network's administrators, and can open up holes in a network's security. See Chapter 14 on page 167 for details.
Frie ndly AP
Friendly APs are other wireless access points that are detected in your network, as well as any others that you know are not a threat (those from neighboring networks, for example). See Chapter 14 on page 167 for details.
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
81

Chapter 8 Monitor
8.3 Ne two rk Sta tus
Use this screen to look at general Ethernet interface information and packet statistics. To access this screen, click Mo nito r > Ne two rk Sta tus. Fig ure 40 Monitor > Network Status

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 28 Monitor > Network Status

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Interface Summary
IPv6 Interface Summary
Name
Status

Use the Inte rfa c e Sum m a ry section for IPv4 network settings. Use the IPv6 Inte rfa c e Sum m a ry section for IPv6 network settings if you connect your Zyxel Device to an IPv6 network. Both sections have similar fields as described below.
This field displays the name of the physical Ethernet port on the Zyxel Device. This field displays the current status of each physical port on the Zyxel Device.

Do wn - The port is not connected.

VID IP Addr/Netmask IP Address IP Assignment

Spe e d / Duple x - The port is connected. This field displays the port speed and duplex setting (Full or Ha lf).
This field displays the VLAN ID to which the port belongs.
This field displays the current IP address (and subnet mask) of the interface. If the IP address is 0.0.0.0 (in the IPv4 network) or :: (in the IPv6 network), the interface does not have an IP address yet.
This field displays how the interface gets its IPv4 address.

Sta tic - This interface has a static IPv4 address.

DHC P C lie nt - This interface gets its IPv4 address from a DHCP server.

Action

Use this field to get or to update the IP address for the interface. Click Re ne w to send a new DHCP request to a DHCP server. If the interface cannot use one of these ways to get or to update its IP address, this field displays n/ a .

Port Statistics Table

Poll Interval

Enter how often you want this window to be updated automatically, and click Se t Inte rva l.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
82

Chapter 8 Monitor

Table 28 Monitor > Network Status (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Set Interval

Click this to set the Po ll Inte rva l the screen uses.

Stop

Click this to stop the window from updating automatically. You can start it again by setting the Po ll Inte rva l and clicking Se t Inte rva l.

Switch to Graphic Click this to display the port statistics as a line graph. View

Name

This field displays the name of the interface.

Status

This field displays the current status of the physical port.

Do wn - The physical port is not connected.

TxPkts RxPkts Tx Bcast Rx Bcast Collisions Tx Rx Up Time System Up Time

Spe e d / Duple x - The physical port is connected. This field displays the port speed and duplex setting (Full or Ha lf).
This field displays the number of packets transmitted from the Zyxel Device on the physical port since it was last connected.
This field displays the number of packets received by the Zyxel Device on the physical port since it was last connected.
This field displays the number of broadcast packets transmitted from the Zyxel Device on the physical port since it was last connected.
This field displays the number of broadcast packets received by the Zyxel Device on the physical port since it was last connected.
This field displays the number of collisions on the physical port since it was last connected.
This field displays the transmission speed, in bytes per second, on the physical port in the onesecond interval before the screen updated.
This field displays the reception speed, in bytes per second, on the physical port in the onesecond interval before the screen updated.
This field displays how long the physical port has been connected.
This field displays how long the Zyxel Device has been running since it last restarted or was turned on.

8.3.1 Po rt Sta tistic s G ra ph
Use the port statistics graph to look at a line graph of packet statistics for the Ethernet port. To view, click Mo nito r > Ne two rk Sta tus and then the Switc h to G ra phic Vie w button.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
83

Chapter 8 Monitor Fig ure 41 Monitor > Network Status > Switch to Graphic View

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 29 Monitor > Network Status > Switch to Graphic View

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Refresh Interval Enter how often you want this window to be automatically updated.

Refresh Now

Click this to update the information in the window right away.

Port Selection

Select the Ethernet port for which you want to view the packet statistics.

Switch to Grid View

Click this to display the port statistics as a table.

Kbps/Mbps

The y-axis represents the speed of transmission or reception.

Time

The x-axis shows the time period over which the transmission or reception occurred.

This line represents traffic transmitted from the Zyxel Device on the physical port since it was last

connected.

This line represents the traffic received by the Zyxel Device on the physical port since it was last

connected.

Last Update

This field displays the date and time the information in the window was last updated.

8.4 Ra dio List
Use this screen to view statistics for the Zyxel Device's wireless radio transmitters. To access this screen, click Mo nito r > Wire le ss > AP Info rm a tio n > Ra dio List.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
84

Chapter 8 Monitor Fig ure 42 Monitor > Wireless > AP Information > Radio List (for Zyxel Device that supports WDS)

Fig ure 43 Monitor > Wireless > AP Information > Radio List (for Zyxel Device that does not support WDS)

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 30 Monitor > Wireless > AP Information > Radio List

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

More Information
Status Loading
MAC Address Radio OP Mode
AP/WDS Profile

Click this to view additional information about the selected radio's wireless traffic and station count. Information spans a 24 hour period.
This displays whether or not the radio is enabled.
This indicates the AP's load balance status (Unde rLo a d or O ve rLo a d) when load balancing is enabled on the Zyxel Device. Otherwise, it shows - when load balancing is disabled or the radio is in monitor mode.
This displays the MAC address of the radio.
This indicates the radio number on the Zyxel Device to which it belongs.
This indicates the radio's operating mode. Operating modes are AP (MBSSID), MO NITO R, Ro o t AP or Re pe a te r.
This indicates the AP profile name and WDS profile name to which the radio belongs.

Profile

This field is available only on the Zyxel Device that supports WDS. This indicates the AP profile name to which the radio belongs.

Frequency Band

This field is available only on the Zyxel Device that does not support WDS. This indicates the wireless frequency band currently being used by the radio.

Channel Transmit Power Station

This shows - when the radio is in monitor mode. This indicates the radio's channel ID. This displays the output power of the radio. This displays the number of wireless clients connected to this radio on the Zyxel Device.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
85

Chapter 8 Monitor

Table 30 Monitor > Wireless > AP Information > Radio List (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Upload

This displays the total number of packets received by the radio.

Download

This displays the total number of packets transmitted by the radio.

Channel Utilization

This indicates how much IEEE 802.11 traffic the radio can receive on the channel. It displays what percentage of the radio's channel is currently being used.

8.4.1 AP Mo de Ra dio Info rm a tio n
This screen allows you to view a selected radio's SSID details, wireless traffic statistics and station count for the preceding 24 hours. To access this window, select a radio and click the Mo re Info rm a tio n button in the Ra dio List screen.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
86

Chapter 8 Monitor Fig ure 44 Monitor > Wireless > AP Information > Radio List > More Information

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 31 Monitor > Wireless > AP Information > Radio List > More Information

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

SSID Detail

This list shows information about all the wireless clients that have connected to the specified radio over the preceding 24 hours.

This is the items sequential number in the list. It has no bearing on the actual data in this list.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
87

Chapter 8 Monitor

Table 31 Monitor > Wireless > AP Information > Radio List > More Information (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

SSID Name

This displays an SSID associated with this radio. There can be up to eight maximum.

BSSID

This displays a BSSID associated with this radio. The BSSID is tied to the SSID.

Security Mode

This displays the security mode in which the SSID is operating.

VLAN

This displays the VLAN ID associated with the SSID.

Traffic Statistics This graph displays the overall traffic information of the radio over the preceding 24 hours.

Kbps/Mbps This y-axis represents the amount of data moved across this radio in megabytes per second.

Time

This x-axis represents the amount of time over which the data moved across this radio.

Station Count

This graph displays the connected station information of the radio over the preceding 24 hours

Stations

The y-axis represents the number of connected stations.

Time

The x-axis shows the time period over which a station was connected.

Last Update This field displays the date and time the information in the window was last updated.

Click this to close this window.

Cancel

Click this to close this window.

8.5 Sta tio n List
Use this screen to view statistics pertaining to the associated stations (or "wireless clients"). Click Mo nito r > Wire le ss > Sta tio n Info to access this screen.
Fig ure 45 Monitor > Wireless > Station Info

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 32 Monitor > Wireless > Station Info

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

This is the station's index number in this list.

IP Address

This is the station's IP address.

MAC Address

This is the station's MAC address.

Radio

This is the radio number on the Zyxel Device to which the station is connected.

Capability

This displays the supported standard currently being used by the station or the standards supported by the station.

802.11 Features

This displays whether the station supports IEEE802.11r, IEEE 802.11k, IEEE 802.11v or none of the above (N/ A).

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
88

Chapter 8 Monitor

Table 32 Monitor > Wireless > Station Info (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

SSID Name

This indicates the name of the wireless network to which the station is connected. A single AP can have multiple SSIDs or networks.

Security Mode

This indicates which secure encryption methods is being used by the station to connect to the network.

Signal Strength This is the RSSI (Received Signal Strength Indicator) of the station's wireless connection.

Tx Rate

This is the maximum transmission rate of the station.

Rx Rate

This is the maximum reception rate of the station.

Association Time This displays the time the station first associated with the Zyxel Device's wireless network.

Refresh

Click this to refresh the items displayed on this page.

8.6 WDS Link Info
Use this screen to view the WDS traffic statistics between the Zyxel Device and a root AP or repeaters. See Section 1.2 on page 13 to know more about WDS. Click Mo nito r > Wire le ss > WDS Link Info to access this screen.
Fig ure 46 Monitor > Wireless > WDS Link Info

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 33 Monitor > Wireless > WDS Link Info

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

WDS Uplink Info Uplink refers to the WDS link from the repeaters to the root AP.

WDS Downlink Info

Do wnlink refers to the WDS link from the root AP to the repeaters.
When the Zyxel Device is in root AP mode and connected to a repeater, only the downlink information is displayed.

When the Zyxel Device is in repeater mode and connected to a root AP directly or via another repeater, the uplink information is displayed.

When the Zyxel Device is in repeater mode and connected to a root AP and other repeater(s), both the uplink and downlink information would be displayed.

This is the index number of the root AP or repeater in this list.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
89

Chapter 8 Monitor

Table 33 Monitor > Wireless > WDS Link Info (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

MAC Address

This is the MAC address of the root AP or repeater to which the Zyxel Device is connected using WDS.

Radio

This is the radio number on the root AP or repeater to which the Zyxel Device is connected using WDS.

SSID Name

This indicates the name of the wireless network to which the Zyxel Device is connected using WDS.

Security Mode

This indicates which secure encryption methods is being used by the Zyxel Device to connect to the root AP or repeater using WDS.

Signal Strength This is the RSSI (Received Signal Strength Indicator) of the wireless connection in WDS.

Tx Rate

This is the maximum transmission rate of the root AP or repeater to which the Zyxel Device is connected using WDS.

Rx Rate

This is the maximum reception rate of the root AP or repeater to which the Zyxel Device is connected using WDS.

Association Time This displays the time the Zyxel Device first associated with the wireless network using WDS.

Refresh

Click this to refresh the items displayed on this page.

8.7 De te c te d De vic e
Use this screen to view information about surrounding APs which you could mark as Rogue or Friendly. Click Mo nito r > Wire le ss > De te c te d De vic e to access this screen. Not all Zyxel Devices support monitor mode (see Section 1.4 on page 19). For more information about Rogue APs, see Section 10.3 on page 112.
Note: If the Zyxel Device supports monitor mode, the radio or at least one of the Zyxel Device's radio must be set to monitor mode (in the Wire le ss > AP Ma na g e m e nt screen) in order to detect other wireless devices in its vicinity.
If the Zyxel Device does not support monitor mode, turn on rogue AP detection in the C o nfig ura tio n > Wire le ss > Ro g ue AP screen to detect other APs.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
90

Chapter 8 Monitor Fig ure 47 Monitor > Wireless > Detected Device (for Zyxel Device that supports Monitor mode)
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
91

Chapter 8 Monitor Fig ure 48 Monitor > Wireless > Detected Device (for Zyxel Device that does not support Monitor mode)

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 34 Monitor > Wireless > Detected Device

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Discovered APs

Rogue AP

This shows how many devices are detected as rogue APs.

Suspected rogue This shows how many devices are detected as possible rogue APs based on the classification

rule(s) in Section 10.3 on page 112.

Friendly AP

This shows how many devices are detected as friendly APs.

Un-classified AP

This shows how many devices are detected, but have not been classified as either Rogue or Friendly by the Zyxel Device.

Detect Now

Click this button for the Zyxel Device to scan for APs in the network.

Detected Device

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
92

Chapter 8 Monitor

Table 34 Monitor > Wireless > Detected Device (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Mark as Rogue AP

Click this button to mark the selected AP as a rogue AP. For more on managing rogue APs, see the C o nfig ura tio n > Wire le ss > Ro g ue AP screen (Section 10.3 on page 112).

Mark as Friendly AP

Click this button to mark the selected AP as a friendly AP. For more on managing friendly APs, see the C o nfig ura tio n > Wire le ss > Ro g ue AP screen (Section 10.3 on page 112).

This is the detected device's index number in this list.

Status

This indicates the detected device's status.

Device

This indicates the type of device detected.

Role

This indicates the detected device's role (such as friendly or rogue).

Classified by

This indicates the detected device's classification rule.

MAC Address

This indicates the detected device's MAC address.

SSID Name

This indicates the detected device's SSID.

Channel ID

This indicates the detected device's channel ID.

802.11 Mode

This indicates the 802.11 mode (a/b/g/n/ac/ax) transmitted by the detected device.

Security

This indicates the encryption method (if any) used by the detected device.

Description

This displays the detected device's description. For more on managing friendly and rogue APs, see the C o nfig ura tio n > Wire le ss > Ro g ue AP screen (Section 10.3 on page 112).

Last Seen

This indicates the last time the device was detected by the Zyxel Device.

Refresh

Click this to refresh the items displayed on this page.

8.8 Vie w Lo g
Log messages are stored in two separate logs, one for regular log messages and one for debugging messages. In the regular log, you can look at all the log messages by selecting All Lo g s, or you can select a specific category of log messages (for example, user). You can also look at the debugging log by selecting De bug Lo g . All debugging messages have the same priority.
To access this screen, click Mo nito r > Lo g . The log is displayed in the following screen.
Note: When a log reaches the maximum number of log messages, new log messages automatically overwrite existing log messages, starting with the oldest existing log message first.
Events that generate an alert (as well as a log message) display in red. Regular logs display in black. Click a column's heading cell to sort the table entries by that column's criteria. Click the heading cell again to reverse the sort order.
The Web Configurator saves the filter settings once you click Se a rc h. If you leave the Vie w Lo g screen and return to it later, the last filter settings would still apply.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
93

Chapter 8 Monitor Fig ure 49 Monitor > Log > View Log

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 35 Monitor > Log > View Log

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Show Filter / Hide Filter

Click this button to show or hide the filter settings.
If the filter settings are hidden, the Displa y, Em a il Lo g No w, Re fre sh, and C le a r Lo g fields are available.

Display Priority
Source Address

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
94

Chapter 8 Monitor

Table 35 Monitor > Log > View Log (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Destination Address

This displays when you show the filter. Type the IP address of the destination of the incoming packet when the log message was generated. Do not include the port in this filter.

Source Interface This displays when you show the filter. Select the source interface of the packet that generated the log message.

Destination Interface

This displays when you show the filter. Select the destination interface of the packet that generated the log message.

Protocol

This displays when you show the filter. Select a service protocol whose log messages you would like to see.

Keyword

This displays when you show the filter. Type a keyword to look for in the Me ssa g e , So urc e , De stina tio n and No te fields. If a match is found in any field, the log message is displayed. You can use up to 63 alphanumeric characters and the underscore, as well as punctuation marks ()' ,:;?! +-*/= #$% @ ; the period, double quotes, and brackets are not allowed.

This displays when you show the filter. Click this button to update the log using the current filter settings.

Email Log Now

Click this button to send log messages to the Ac tive e-mail addresses specified in the Se nd Lo g To field on the C o nfig ura tio n > Lo g & Re po rt > Lo g Se tting s screen.

Refresh

Click this to update the list of logs.

Clear Log

Click this button to clear the whole log, regardless of what is currently displayed on the screen.

This field is a sequential value, and it is not associated with a specific log message.

Time

This field displays the time the log message was recorded.

Priority

This field displays the priority of the log message. It has the same range of values as the Prio rity field above.

Category

This field displays the log that generated the log message. It is the same value used in the Displa y and (other) C a te g o ry fields.

Message

This field displays the reason the log message was generated. The text "[count=x]", where x is a number, appears at the end of the Me ssa g e field if log consolidation is turned on and multiple entries were aggregated to generate into this one.

Source

This field displays the source IP address and the port number in the event that generated the log message.

Source Interface This field displays the source interface of the packet that generated the log message.

Destination

This field displays the destination IP address and the port number of the event that generated the log message.

Destination Interface

This field displays the destination interface of the packet that generated the log message.

Protocol

This field displays the service protocol in the event that generated the log message.

Note

This field displays any additional information about the log message.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
95

C HA PTER 9 Ne two rk
9.1 O ve rvie w
This chapter describes how you can configure the management IP address and VLAN settings of your Zyxel Device. The Internet Protocol (IP) address identifies a device on a network. Every networking device (including computers, servers, routers, printers, etc.) needs an IP address to communicate across the network. These networking devices are also known as hosts. Fig ure 50 IP Setup
The figure above illustrates one possible setup of your Zyxel Device. The gateway IP address is 192.168.1.1 and the managed IP address of the Zyxel Device is 192.168.1.2 (default), but if the Zyxel Device is assigned an IP address by a DHCP server, the default (192.168.1.2) will not be used. The gateway and the Zyxel Device must belong in the same IP subnet to be able to communicate with each other.
9.1.1 AP C o ntro lle r Ma na g e m e nt
This discusses using the Zyxel Device with an AP Controller. AP Controllers, such as the NXC, use Control And Provisioning of Wireless Access Points (CAPWAP) to push firmware and/or configurations to the APs that they manage. The following figure illustrates a wireless network managed by an AC. You (U) configure the AC (C ), which then automatically updates the configurations of the managed APs (M1 ~ M4).
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
96

Chapter 9 Network Fig ure 51 AC managed Network Example
Note: The Zyxel Device can be a standalone device or be managed by an AC. AC Disc o ve ry a nd Ma na g e m e nt The link between AC Discovery-enabled access points proceeds as follows: 1 An Zyxel Device with AC Disc o ve ry enabled joins a wired network (receives a dynamic IP address). 2 The Zyxel Device sends out a discovery request, looking for an AC. 3 If there is an AC on the network, it receives the discovery request. If the AC, such as NXC, is in Ma nua l mode it adds the details of the Zyxel Device to its Unm a na g e d Ac c e ss Po ints list, and you decide which available APs to manage. If the AC is in Alwa ys Ac c e pt mode, it automatically adds the Zyxel Device to its Ma na g e d Ac c e ss Po ints list and provides the managed Zyxel Device with default configuration information, as well as securely transmitting the DTLS pre-shared key. The managed Zyxel Device is ready for association with wireless clients. Ma na g e d AP Finds the C o ntro lle r A managed Zyxel Device can find the controller in one of the following ways: · Manually specify the controller's IP address in the Web Configurator's AC Disc o ve ry screen. · Get the controller's IP address from a DHCP server with the controller's IP address configured as
option 138. · Get the controller's IP address from a DNS server SRV (Service) record. · Broadcasting to discover the controller within the broadcast domain.
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
97

Chapter 9 Network
Note: The AC needs to have a static IP address. If it is a DHCP client, set the DHCP server to reserve an IP address for the AC.
AC m a na g e m e nt a nd IP Sub ne ts
By default, CAPWAP works only between Zyxel Devices with IP addresses in the same subnet. However, you can configure the Zyxel Device and the AC to use CAPWAP with IP addresses in different subnets by doing the following. · Activate DHCP. Your network's DHCP server must support option 138 defined in RFC 5415. · Configure DHCP option 138 with the IP address of the AC on your network. DHCP Option 138 allows the management request (from the Zyxel Device) to reach the AC in a different subnet, as shown in the following figure. Fig ure 52 CAPWAP and DHCP Option 138
No te s o n AC Ma na g e m e nt
This section lists some additional features of Zyxel's implementation of the CAPWAP protocol. · When the AC uses its internal Remote Authentication Dial In User Service (RADIUS) server, managed
Zyxel Devices also use the AC's authentication server to authenticate wireless clients. · If an Zyxel Device's link to the ACis broken, the Zyxel Device continues to use the wireless settings with
which it was last provided.
9.1.2 Wha t Yo u C a n Do in this C ha pte r
· The IP Se tting screen (Section 9.2 on page 99) configures the Zyxel Device's LAN IP address. · The VLAN screen (Section 9.3 on page 100) configures the Zyxel Device's VLAN settings. · The Sto rm C o ntro l screen (Section 9.4 on page 103) turns on or off the traffic storm control feature on
the Zyxel Device. · The AC Disc o ve ry screen (Section 9.5 on page 104) configures the Zyxel Device's AP Controller (AC)
settings.
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
98

Chapter 9 Network
· The NC C Disc o ve ry screen (Section 9.6 on page 105) configures the Zyxel Device's Nebula Control Center (NCC) discovery settings.
9.2 IP Se tting
Use this screen to configure the IP address for your Zyxel Device. To access this screen, click C o nfig ura tio n > Ne two rk > IP Se tting . Fig ure 53 Configuration > Network > IP Setting

Each field is described in the following table.

Table 36 Configuration > Network > IP Setting

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

IP Address Assignment

Get Automatically

Select this to make the interface a DHCP client and automatically get the IP address, subnet mask, and gateway address from a DHCP server.

Use Fixed IP Address

Select this if you want to specify the IP address, subnet mask, and gateway manually.

IP Address

Enter the IP address for this interface.

Subnet Mask

Enter the subnet mask of this interface in dot decimal notation. The subnet mask indicates what part of the IP address is the same for all computers in the network.

Gateway

Enter the IP address of the gateway. The Zyxel Device sends packets to the gateway when it does not know how to route the packet to its destination. The gateway should be on the same network as the interface.

DNS Server IP Address

Enter the IP address of the DNS server.

IPv6 Address Assignment

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
99

Chapter 9 Network

Table 36 Configuration > Network > IP Setting (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Enable Stateless Address Autoconfiguration (SLAAC) Link-Local Address IPv6 Address/ Prefix Length

Select this to enable IPv6 stateless auto-configuration on the Zyxel Device. The Zyxel Device will generate an IPv6 address itself from a prefix obtained from an IPv6 router in the network.
This displays the IPv6 link-local address and the network prefix that the Zyxel Device generates itself for the LAN interface. Enter the IPv6 address and the prefix length for the LAN interface if you want to use a static IP address. This field is optional.

Gateway
Metric
DHCPv6 Client DUID
Request Address DHCPv6 Request Options
DNS Server NTP Server Apply Reset

The prefix length indicates what the left-most part of the IP address is the same for all computers in the network, that is, the network address.
Enter the IPv6 address of the default outgoing gateway using colon (:) hexadecimal notation.
Enter the priority of the gateway (if any) on the LAN interface. The Zyxel Device decides which gateway to use based on this priority. The lower the number, the higher the priority. If two or more gateways have the same priority, the Zyxel Device uses the one that was configured first. Enter zero to set the metric to 1024 for IPv6.
Select this option to set the Zyxel Device to act as a DHCPv6 client.
This field displays the DHCP Unique IDentifier (DUID) of the Zyxel Device, which is unique and used for identification purposes when the Zyxel Device is exchanging DHCPv6 messages with others. See Appendix B on page 289 for more information.
Select this option to get an IPv6 address from the DHCPv6 server.
Select this option to determine what additional information to get from the DHCPv6 server.
Select this option to obtain the IP address of the DNS server.
Select this option to obtain the IP address of the NTP server. Click Apply to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device. Click Re se t to return the screen to its last-saved settings.

9.3 VLAN
This section discusses how to configure the Zyxel Device's VLAN settings.
Note: Mis-configuring the management VLAN settings in your Zyxel Device can make it inaccessible. If this happens, you will have to reset the Zyxel Device.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
100

Chapter 9 Network Fig ure 54 Management VLAN Setup
In the figure above, to access and manage the Zyxel Device from computer A, the Zyxel Device and switch B's ports to which computer A and the Zyxel Device are connected should be in the same VLAN. A Virtual Local Area Network (VLAN) allows a physical network to be partitioned into multiple logical networks. Devices on a logical network belong to one group. A device can belong to more than one group. With VLAN, a device cannot directly talk to or hear from devices that are not in the same group(s); the traffic must first go through a router. VLAN also increases network performance by limiting broadcasts to a smaller and more manageable logical broadcast domain. In traditional switched environments, all broadcast packets go to each and every individual port. With VLAN, all broadcasts are confined to a specific broadcast domain.
IEEE 802.1Q Ta g
The IEEE 802.1Q standard defines an explicit VLAN tag in the MAC header to identify the VLAN membership of a frame across bridges. A VLAN tag includes the 12-bit VLAN ID and 3-bit user priority. The VLAN ID associates a frame with a specific VLAN and provides the information that devices need to process the frame across the network. Use this screen to configure the VLAN settings for your Zyxel Device. To access this screen, click C o nfig ura tio n > Ne two rk > VLAN. The screen varies depending on whether the Zyxel Device has an extra Ethernet port (except the uplink port).
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
101

Chapter 9 Network Fig ure 55 Configuration > Network > VLAN (for Zyxel Device with multiple Ethernet ports)

Fig ure 56 Configuration > Network > VLAN (for Zyxel Device with one Ethernet port)

Each field is described in the following table.

Table 37 Configuration > Network > VLAN

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

VLAN Settings

Management VLAN ID

Enter a VLAN ID for the Zyxel Device.

As Native VLAN

Select this option to treat this VLAN ID as a VLAN created on the Zyxel Device and not one assigned to it from outside the network.

LAN Setting

Port Setting

Edit

Double-click an entry or select it and click Edit to open a screen where you can modify the

entry's settings. In some tables you can just click a table entry and edit it directly in the

table. For those types of tables small red triangles display for table entries with changes that

you have not yet applied.

Activate/ Inactivate

To turn on an entry, select it and click Ac tiva te . To turn off an entry, select it and click Ina c tiva te .

This is the index number of the port.

Status

This field indicates whether the port is enabled (a yellow bulb) or not (a gray bulb).

Port

This field displays the name of the port.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
102

Chapter 9 Network

Table 37 Configuration > Network > VLAN (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

PVID

This field displays the port number of the VLAN ID.

VLAN Configuration

Add

Click this to create a new entry. For features where the entry's position in the numbered list is important (features where the Zyxel Device applies the table's entries in order like the SSID for example), you can select an entry and click Add to create a new entry after the selected entry.

Edit

Double-click an entry or select it and click Edit to open a screen where you can modify the

entry's settings. In some tables you can just click a table entry and edit it directly in the

table. For those types of tables small red triangles display for table entries with changes that

you have not yet applied.

Remove

To remove an entry, select it and click Re m o ve . The Zyxel Device confirms you want to remove it before doing so.

Activate/ Inactivate

To turn on an entry, select it and click Ac tiva te . To turn off an entry, select it and click Ina c tiva te .

This is the index number of the VLAN ID.

Status

This field indicates whether the VLAN is enabled (a yellow bulb) or not (a gray bulb).

Name

This field displays the name of each VLAN.

VID

This field displays the VLAN ID.

Member

This field displays the VLAN membership to which the port belongs.

Apply

Click Apply to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device.

Reset

Click Re se t to return the screen to its last-saved settings.

9.4 Sto rm C o ntro l
Traffic storm control limits the number of broadcast and/or multicast packets the Zyxel Device receives on the ports. When the maximum number of allowable broadcast and/or multicast packets is reached, the subsequent packets are discarded. Enable this feature to reduce broadcast and/or multicast packets in your network.
Note: The maximum traffic rate can be changed using the CLI (see the CLI Reference Guide).
To access this screen, click C o nfig ura tio n > Ne two rk > Sto rm C o ntro l.
Fig ure 57 Configuration > Network > Storm Control

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
103

Chapter 9 Network

Each field is described in the following table.

Table 38 Configuration > Network > Storm Control

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Broadcast Storm Control

Select the check box to enable broadcast storm control on the Zyxel Device. Enabling this will drop ingress broadcast traffic in the physical Ethernet port if it exceeds the maximum traffic rate.

Multicast Storm Control

Select the check box to enable multicast storm control on the Zyxel Device. Enabling this will drop ingress multicast traffic in the physical Ethernet port if it exceeds the maximum traffic rate.

Apply

Click Apply to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device.

Reset

Click Re se t to return the screen to its last-saved settings.

9.5 AC (AP C o ntro lle r) Disc o ve ry
This section discusses how to configure the Zyxel Device's AC Discovery settings. You can have the Zyxel Device managed by an AC on your network. When you do this, the Zyxel Device can be configured ONLY by the AC. See Section 9.1.1 on page 96 for more information on AC management.
Note: The AC Discovery settings are not available in all Zyxel Devices. See Section 1.4 on page 19 for more information.
If you want to return the Zyxel Device to function in standalone mode, you can do one of the two following options:
· Press the Reset button. · Check the AC for the Zyxel Device's IP address and use FTP to upload the default configuration file to
the Zyxel Device. You can get the configuration file at conf/system-default.conf. You must reboot the Zyxel Device after uploading the configuration file.
To access the Controller Discover screen, click C o nfig ura tio n > Ne two rk > AC Disc o ve ry.
Fig ure 58 Configuration > Network > AC Discovery

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
104

Chapter 9 Network

Each field is described in the following table.

Table 39 Configuration > Network > AC Discovery

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Discovery Setting Auto
Manual
Primary / Secondary Static AC IP Disable
Apply

Select this option to use DHCP option 138/DNS SRV record/Broadcast to get the AC's IP address. If the Zyxel Device and a Zyxel AC, such as the NXC2500 or NXC5500, are in the same subnet, it will be managed by the controller automatically.
Select this option and enter the IP address of the AC manually. This is necessary when the AP Controller is not in the same subnet and you want it to manage the Zyxel Device.
Specify the primary and secondary IP address of the AC to which the Zyxel Device connects.
Select this to manage the Zyxel Device using its own Web Configurator, neither managing nor being managed by other devices. Please note if an AP Controller is in the same subnet, you will need to click Disa b le if you do not want the Zyxel Device to be managed.
Click Apply to save the information entered in this screen.

Reset

If you select Auto or Ma nua l, the AC uploads the firmware package for managed AP mode to the Zyxel Device and you cannot log in as the web configurator is disabled; you must manage the Zyxel Device through the AC on your network.
Click Re se t to return the screen to its last-saved settings.

9.6 NC C Disc o ve ry
You can manage the Zyxel Device through the Zyxel Nebula Control Center (NCC). Use this screen to configure the proxy server settings if the Zyxel Device is behind a proxy server. To access this screen, click C o nfig ura tio n > Ne two rk > NC C Disc o ve ry. Fig ure 59 Configuration > Network > NCC Discovery

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
105

Chapter 9 Network

Each field is described in the following table.

Table 40 Configuration > Network > NCC Discovery

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Nebula Control Center Status

Internet

This field displays whether the Zyxel Device can connect to the Internet.

Nebula Connectivity

This field displays whether the Zyxel Device can connect to the Zyxel Nebula Control Center (NCC).

Nebula Control Center Discovery Setting

Enable

Select this option to turn on NCC discovery on the Zyxel Device. The Zyxel Device will try to discover the NCC and go into NCC management mode when it is connected to the Internet and has been registered in the NCC.

If NCC discovery is disabled, the Zyxel Device will not discover the NCC and remain in standalone operation.

Use Proxy to Access NCC If the Zyxel Device is behind a proxy server, you need to select this option and configure the proxy server settings so that the Zyxel Device can access the NCC through the proxy server.

Proxy Server

Enter the IP address of the proxy server.

Proxy Port

Enter the service port number used by the proxy server.

Authentication

Select this option if the proxy server requires authentication before it grants access to the NCC.

User Name

Enter your proxy user name.

Password

Enter your proxy password.

Apply

Click Apply to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device.

Reset

Click Re se t to return the screen to its last-saved settings.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
106

C HA PTER 1 0 Wire le ss
10.1 O ve rvie w
This chapter discusses how to configure the wireless network settings in your Zyxel Device. The following figure provides an example of a wireless network. Fig ure 60 Example of a Wireless Network
The wireless network is the part in the blue circle. In this wireless network, devices A and B are called wireless clients. The wireless clients use the access point (AP) to interact with other devices (such as the printer) or with the Internet. Your Zyxel Device is the AP.
10.1.1 Wha t Yo u C a n Do in this C ha pte r
· The AP Ma na g e m e nt screen (Section 10.2 on page 108) allows you to manage the Zyxel Device's general wireless settings.
· The Ro g ue AP screen (Section 10.3 on page 112) allows you to assign APs either to the rogue AP list or the friendly AP list.
· The Lo a d Ba la nc ing screen (Section 10.4 on page 116) allows you to configure network traffic load balancing between the APs and the Zyxel Device.
· The DC S screen (Section 10.5 on page 119) allows you to configure dynamic radio channel selection. NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
107

Chapter 10 Wireless
10.1.2 Wha t Yo u Ne e d to Kno w
The following terms and concepts may help as you read this chapter.
Sta tio n / Wire le ss C lie nt
A station or wireless client is any wireless-capable device that can connect to an AP using a wireless signal.
Dyna m ic C ha nne l Se le c tio n (DC S)
Dynamic Channel Selection (DCS) is a feature that allows an AP to automatically select the radio channel which it broadcasts. For more information, see Section 10.6 on page 119.
Lo a d Ba la nc ing (Wire le ss)
Wireless load balancing is the process where you limit the number of connections allowed on an wireless access point (AP) or you limit the amount of wireless traffic transmitted and received on it so the AP does not become overloaded.
10.2 AP Ma na g e m e nt
Use this screen to manage the Zyxel Device's general wireless settings. Click C o nfig ura tio n > Wire le ss > AP Ma na g e m e nt to access this screen.
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
108

Chapter 10 Wireless Fig ure 61 Configuration > Wireless > AP Management

Each field is described in the following table.

Table 41 Configuration > Wireless > AP Management

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Radio 1 Setting

Radio 1 Activate

Select the check box to enable the Zyxel Device's first (default) radio.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
109

Chapter 10 Wireless

Table 41 Configuration > Wireless > AP Management (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Radio 1 OP Mode

Select the operating mode for radio 1.

AP Mo de means the radio can receive connections from wireless clients and pass their data traffic through to the Zyxel Device to be managed (or subsequently passed on to an upstream gateway for managing).

MO N Mo de means the radio monitors the broadcast area for other APs, then passes their information on to the Zyxel Device where it can be determined if those APs are friendly or rogue. If a radio is set to this mode it cannot receive connections from wireless clients (see Section 1.2.3 on page 16).

Ro o t AP means the radio acts as an AP and also supports the wireless connections with other APs (in repeater mode) to form a WDS (Wireless Distribution System) to extend its wireless network.

Radio 1 Profile

Re pe a te r means the radio can establish a wireless connection with other APs (in either root AP or repeater mode) to form a WDS.
Select the radio profile the radio uses.

Radio 1 WDS Profile

Note: You can only apply a 2.4G AP radio profile to radio 1. Otherwise, the first radio will not be working.
This field is available only when the radio is in Ro o t AP or Re pe a te r mode.

Enable WDS Wireless Bridging

Select the WDS profile the radio uses to connect to a root AP or repeater. This field is available only when the radio is in Ro o t AP or Re pe a te r mode.
A Wireless Distribution System is a wireless connection between two or more APs. Enable this to establish wireless links with other APs. See Section 1.2 on page 13 for more information.

Only the models below support this feature at the time of writing:

· WAC6103D-I · WAC6303D-S · WAC6502D-E · WAC502D-S · WAC6503D-S · WAC6552D-S · WAC6553D-E · WAX610D · WAX650S

Uplink Selection Mode
Max Output Power

Note: You must enable the same wireless security settings on the Zyxel Device and on all wireless clients that you want to associate with it.
This field is available only when the radio is in Re pe a te r mode.
Select AUTO to have the Zyxel Device automatically use the settings in the applied WDS profile to connect to a root AP or repeater.
Select Ma nua l to have the Zyxel Device connect to the root AP or repeater with the MAC address specified in the Ra dio 1 Uplink MAC Addre ss field.
Enter the maximum output power (between 0 to 30 dBm) of the Zyxel Device in this field. If there is a high density of APs in an area, decrease the output power of the Zyxel Device to reduce interference with other APs.

MBSSID Settings

Note: Reducing the output power also reduces the Zyxel Device's effective broadcast radius.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
110

Chapter 10 Wireless

Table 41 Configuration > Wireless > AP Management (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Edit

Click Edit icon ( )to open a screen where you can modify the entry's settings. In some

tables you can just click a table entry and edit it directly in the table. For those types of

tables small red triangles display for table entries with changes that you have not yet

applied.

This field shows the index number of the SSID

SSID Profile

This field displays the SSID profile that is associated with the radio profile.

Radio 2 Setting

Radio 2 Activate

This displays if the Zyxel Device has a second radio.

Radio 2 OP Mode

Select the check box to enable the Zyxel Device's second radio. This displays if the Zyxel Device has a second radio. Select the operating mode for radio 2.

Ro o t AP means the radio acts as an AP and also supports the wireless connections with other APs (in repeater mode) to form a WDS to extend its wireless network.

Radio 2 Profile

Re pe a te r means the radio can establish a wireless connection with other APs (in either root AP or repeater mode) to form a WDS.
This displays if the Zyxel Device has a second radio. Select the radio profile the radio uses.

Radio 2 WDS Profile

Note: You can only apply a 5G AP radio profile to radio 2. Otherwise, the second radio will not be working.
This field is available only when the radio is in Ro o t AP or Re pe a te r mode.

Enable WDS Wireless Bridging

Only the models below support this feature at the time of writing:

· WAC6103D-I · WAC6303D-S · WAC6502D-E · WAC502D-S · WAC6503D-S · WAC6552D-S · WAC6553D-E · WAX610D · WAX650S

Uplink Selection Mode

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
111

Chapter 10 Wireless

Table 41 Configuration > Wireless > AP Management (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Max Output Power

Enter the maximum output power (between 0 to 30 dBm) of the Zyxel Device in this field. If there is a high density of APs in an area, decrease the output power of the Zyxel Device to reduce interference with other APs.

MBSSID Settings Edit
# SSID Profile Apply Reset

Note: Reducing the output power also reduces the Zyxel Device's effective broadcast radius.
Click Edit ( )to open a screen where you can modify the entry's settings. In some tables you can just click a table entry and edit it directly in the table. For those types of tables small red triangles display for table entries with changes that you have not yet applied. This field shows the index number of the SSID This field shows the SSID profile that is associated with the radio profile. Click Apply to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device. Click Re se t to return the screen to its last-saved settings.

10.3 Ro g ue AP
Use this screen to enable Ro g ue AP De te c tio n and import/export a rogue or friendly AP list in a txt file. Click C o nfig ura tio n > Wire le ss > Ro g ue AP to access this screen.
Ro g ue APs
A rogue AP is a wireless access point operating in a network's coverage area that is not under the control of the network administrator, and which can potentially open up holes in a network's security.
In the following example, a corporate network's security is compromised by a rogue AP (RG ) set up by an employee at his workstation in order to allow him to connect his notebook computer wirelessly (A). The company's legitimate wireless network (the dashed ellipse B) is well-secured, but the rogue AP uses inferior security that is easily broken by an attacker (X) running readily available encryption-cracking software. In this example, the attacker now has access to the company network, including sensitive data stored on the file server (C).

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
112

Chapter 10 Wireless Fig ure 62 Rogue AP Example
Frie ndly APs
If you have more than one AP in your wireless network, you should also configure a list of "friendly" APs. Friendly APs are wireless access points that you know are not a threat. It is recommended that you export (save) your list of friendly APs often, especially if you have a network with a large number of access points. Exported lists show MAC addresses in txt file format separated by line breaks.
Ro g ue AP De te c tio n
This feature allows the Zyxel Device to monitor the WiFi signals for other wireless APs (see also Section 1.2.3 on page 16). Detected APs will appear in the Mo nito r > Wire le ss > De te c te d De vic e screen, where the Zyxel Device will label APs with the criteria you select in Suspe c te d Ro g ue AP C la ssific a tio n Rule as a suspected rogue. The APs which you mark as either rogue or friendly APs in the Mo nito r > Wire le ss > De te c te d De vic e screen will appear in the Wire le ss > Ro g ue AP screen. See Section 1.4 on page 19 to know which models support Ro g ue AP De te c tio n. Note: Enabling Ro g ue AP De te c tio n might affect the performance of wireless clients
associated with the Zyxel Device.
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
113

Chapter 10 Wireless Fig ure 63 Configuration > Wireless > Rogue AP (for Zyxel Devices that support Monitor mode)
Fig ure 64 Configuration > Wireless > Rogue AP (for Zyxel Devices that support Rogue AP Detection)
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
114

Chapter 10 Wireless

Each field is described in the following table.

Table 42 Configuration > Wireless > Rogue AP

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Rogue AP Detection Setting

Enable Rogue AP Detection

Select this check box to detect Rogue APs in the network.

Suspected Rogue AP Classification Rule

Select the check boxes (We a k Se c urity (O pe n, WEP, WPA- PSK), Hidde n SSID, SSID Ke ywo rd) of the characteristics an AP should have for the Zyxel Device to mark it as a Rogue AP.

Add

Click this to add an SSID Keyword.

Edit

Select an SSID Keyword and click this button to modify it.

Remove

Select an existing SSID keyword and click this button to delete it.

This is the SSID Keyword's index number in this list.

SSID Keyword

This field displays the SSID Keyword.

Rogue/Friendly AP List

Add

Click this button to add an AP to the list and assign it either friendly or rogue status.

Edit

Select an AP in the list to edit and reassign its status.

Remove

Select an AP in the list to remove.

This field is a sequential value, and it is not associated with any interface.

Role

This field indicates whether the selected AP is a ro g ue - a p or a frie ndly- a p. To change the AP's role, click the Edit button.

MAC Address

This field indicates the AP's radio MAC address.

Description

This field displays the AP's description. You can modify this by clicking the Edit button.

Rogue/Friendly AP List These controls allow you to export the current list of rogue and friendly APs or import

Importing/Exporting

existing lists.

File Path / Browse / Importing

Enter the file name and path of the list you want to import or click the Bro wse button to locate it. Once the File Pa th field has been populated, click Im po rting to bring the list into the Zyxel Device.

Exporting Apply Reset

You need to wait a while for the importing process to finish. Click this button to export the current list of either rogue APs or friendly APS. Click Apply to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device. Click Re se t to return the screen to its last-saved settings.

10.3.1 Add/ Edit Ro g ue / Frie ndly List
Click Add or select an AP and click the Edit button in the C o nfig ura tio n > Wire le ss > Ro g ue AP table to display this screen.
Fig ure 65 Configuration > Wireless > Rogue AP > Add/Edit Rogue/Friendly AP List

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
115

Chapter 10 Wireless

Each field is described in the following table.

Table 43 Configuration > Wireless > Rogue AP > Add/Edit Rogue/Friendly AP List

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

MAC

Enter the MAC address of the AP you want to add to the list. A MAC address is a unique hardware identifier in the following hexadecimal format: xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx where xx is a hexadecimal number separated by colons.

Description

Enter up to 60 characters for the AP's description. Spaces and underscores are allowed.

Role

Select either Ro g ue AP or Frie ndly AP for the AP's role.

Click O K to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device.

Cancel

Click C a nc e l to close the window with changes unsaved.

10.4 Lo a d Ba la nc ing
Use this screen to configure wireless network traffic load balancing between the APs on your network (see Load Balancing on page 120). Click C o nfig ura tio n > Wire le ss > Lo a d Ba la nc ing to access this screen.
Fig ure 66 Configuration > Wireless > Load Balancing

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
116

Chapter 10 Wireless

Each field is described in the following table.

Table 44 Configuration > Wireless > Load Balancing

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Enable Load Balancing
Mode

Select this to enable load balancing on the Zyxel Device.
Use this section to configure wireless network traffic load balancing between the managed APs in this group. Select a mode by which load balancing is carried out.

Select By Sta tio n Num b e r to balance network traffic based on the number of specified stations connected to the Zyxel Device.

Select By Tra ffic Le ve l to balance network traffic based on the volume generated by the stations connected to the Zyxel Device.

Select By Sm a rt C la ssro o m to balance network traffic based on the number of specified stations connected to the Zyxel Device. The Zyxel Device ignores association request and authentication request packets from any new station when the maximum number of stations is reached.

Max Station Number Traffic Level

If you select By Sta tio n Num be r or By Tra ffic Le ve l, once the threshold is crossed (either the maximum station numbers or with network traffic), the Zyxel Device delays association request and authentication request packets from any new station that attempts to make a connection. This allows the station to automatically attempt to connect to another, less burdened AP if one is available.
Enter the threshold number of stations at which the Zyxel Device begins load balancing its connections.
Select the threshold traffic level at which the Zyxel Device begins load balancing its connections (Lo w, Me dium , Hig h).

The maximum bandwidth allowed for each level is:

Disassociate station when overloaded

· Lo w - 11 Mbps · Me dium - 23 Mbps · Hig h - 35M bps
This function is enabled by default and the disassociation priority is always Sig na l Stre ng th when you set Mo de to By Sm a rt C la ssro o m .
Select this option to disassociate wireless clients connected to the AP when it becomes overloaded. If you do not enable this option, then the AP simply delays the connection until it can afford the bandwidth it requires, or it transfers the connection to another AP within its broadcast radius.

The disassociation priority is determined automatically by the Zyxel Device and is as follows:

· Idle Tim e o ut - Devices that have been idle the longest will be kicked first. If none of the connected devices are idle, then the priority shifts to Sig na l Stre ng th.
· Sig na l Stre ng th - Devices with the weakest signal strength will be kicked first.

Apply Reset

Note: If you enable this function, you should ensure that there are multiple APs within the broadcast radius that can accept any rejected or kicked wireless clients; otherwise, a wireless client attempting to connect to an overloaded AP will be disassociated permanently and never be allowed to connect.
Click Apply to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device.
Click Re se t to return the screen to its last-saved settings.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
117

Chapter 10 Wireless
10.4.1 Disa sso c ia ting a nd De la ying C o nne c tio ns
When your AP becomes overloaded, there are two basic responses it can take. The first one is to "delay" a client connection. This means that the AP withholds the connection until the data transfer throughput is lowered or the client connection is picked up by another AP. If the client is picked up by another AP then the original AP cannot resume the connection. For example, here the AP has a balanced bandwidth allotment of 6 Mbps. If laptop R connects and it pushes the AP over its allotment, say to 7 Mbps, then the AP delays the red laptop's connection until it can afford the bandwidth or the laptop is picked up by a different AP with bandwidth to spare. Fig ure 67 Delaying a Connection
The second response your AP can take is to disassociate with clients that are pushing it over its balanced bandwidth allotment. Fig ure 68 Disassociating with a Client
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
118

Chapter 10 Wireless
Connections are cut based on either idle tim e o ut or sig na l stre ng th. The Zyxel Device first looks to see which devices have been idle the longest, then starts kicking them in order of highest idle time. If no connections are idle, the next criteria the Zyxel Device analyzes is signal strength. Devices with the weakest signal strength are kicked first.
10.5 DC S
Use this screen to configure dynamic radio channel selection (see Dynamic Channel Selection (DCS) on page 108). Click C o nfig ura tio n > Wire le ss > DC S to access this screen. Fig ure 69 Configuration > Wireless > DCS

Each field is described in the following table.

Table 45 Configuration > Wireless > DCS

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

DCS Now

Click this to have the Zyxel Device scan for and select an available channel immediately.

Apply

Click Apply to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device.

Reset

Click Re se t to return the screen to its last-saved settings.

10.6 Te c hnic a l Re fe re nc e
The following section contains additional technical information about the features described in this chapter.
Dyna m ic C ha nne l Se le c tio n
When numerous APs broadcast within a given area, they introduce the possibility of heightened radio interference, especially if some or all of them are broadcasting on the same radio channel. If the interference becomes too great, then the network administrator must open his AP configuration options and manually change the channel to one that no other AP is using (or at least a channel that has a lower level of interference) in order to give the connected stations a minimum degree of interference. Dynamic channel selection frees the network administrator from this task by letting the AP do it automatically. The AP can scan the area around it looking for the channel with the least amount of interference.
In the 2.4 GHz spectrum, each channel from 1 to 13 is broken up into discrete 22 MHz segments that are spaced 5 MHz apart. Channel 1 is centered on 2.412 GHz while channel 13 is centered on 2.472 GHz.
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
119

Chapter 10 Wireless Fig ure 70 An Example Three-Channel Deployment
Three channels are situated in such a way as to create almost no interference with one another if used exclusively: 1, 6 and 11. When an AP broadcasts on any of these 3 channels, it should not interfere with neighboring APs as long as they are also limited to same trio. Fig ure 71 An Example Four-Channel Deployment
However, some regions require the use of other channels and often use a safety scheme with the following four channels: 1, 4, 7 and 11. While they are situated sufficiently close to both each other and the three so-called "safe" channels (1,6 and 11) that interference becomes inevitable, the severity of it is dependent upon other factors: proximity to the affected AP, signal strength, activity, and so on. Finally, there is an alternative four channel scheme for ETSI, consisting of channels 1, 5, 9, 13. This offers significantly less overlap that the other one. Fig ure 72 An Alternative Four-Channel Deployment
Lo a d Ba la nc ing
Because there is a hard upper limit on an AP's wireless bandwidth, load balancing can be crucial in areas crowded with wireless users. Rather than let every user connect and subsequently dilute the
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
120

Chapter 10 Wireless
available bandwidth to the point where each connecting device receives a meager trickle, the load balanced AP instead limits the incoming connections as a means to maintain bandwidth integrity. There are three kinds of wireless load balancing available on the Zyxel Device: Lo a d b a la nc ing b y sta tio n num b e r limits the number of devices allowed to connect to your AP. If you know exactly how many stations you want to let connect, choose this option. For example, if your company's graphic design team has their own AP and they have 10 computers, you can load balance for 10. Later, if someone from the sales department visits the graphic design team's offices for a meeting and he tries to access the network, his computer's connection is delayed, giving it the opportunity to connect to a different, neighboring AP. If he still connects to the AP regardless of the delay, then the AP may boot other people who are already connected in order to associate with the new connection. Lo a d b a la nc ing b y sm a rt c la ssro o m also limits the number of devices allowed to connect to your AP. But any new connections will be just rejected when the AP is overloaded. Lo a d b a la nc ing b y tra ffic le ve l limits the number of connections to the AP based on maximum bandwidth available. If you are uncertain as to the exact number of wireless connections you will have then choose this option. By setting a maximum bandwidth cap, you allow any number of devices to connect as long as their total bandwidth usage does not exceed the configured bandwidth cap associated with this setting. Once the cap is hit, any new connections are rejected or delayed provided that there are other APs in range. Imagine a coffee shop in a crowded business district that offers free wireless connectivity to its customers. The coffee shop owner can't possibly know how many connections his AP will have at any given moment. As such, he decides to put a limit on the bandwidth that is available to his customers but not on the actual number of connections he allows. This means anyone can connect to his wireless network as long as the AP has the bandwidth to spare. If too many people connect and the AP hits its bandwidth cap then all new connections must basically wait for their turn or get shunted to the nearest identical AP.
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
121

C HA PTER 1 1 Blue to o th

11.1 O ve rvie w

Use this screen to configure the iBeacon advertising settings for the Zyxel Device that supports Bluetooth Low Energy (BLE). Bluetooth Low Energy, which is also known as Bluetooth Smart, transmits less data over a shorter distance but consumes less power than classic Bluetooth.
On the WAC5302D-S, you need to attach a supported BLE USB dongle to its USB port to have the AP act as a beacon to broadcast packets. Contact Zyxel customer support if you are not sure whether your BLE USB dongle is compatible with the Zyxel Device.

11.1.1 Wha t Yo u Ne e d To Kno w

iBeacon is Apple's communication protocol on top of Bluetooth Low Energy wireless technology. Beacons (Bluetooth radio transmitters) or BLE enabled devices broadcast packets to every device around it to announce their presence. Advertising packets contain their iBeacon ID, which consists of the Universally Unique Identifier (UUID), major number, and minor number. These packets also contain a TX (transmit) power measured at a reference point, which is used to approximate a device's distance from the beacon. The UUID can be used to identify a service, a device, a manufacturer or an owner. The 2-byte major number is to identify and distinguish a group, and the 2-byte minor number is to identify and distinguish an individual.
For example, a company can set all its beacons to share the same UUID. The beacons in a particular branch uses the same major number, and each beacon in a branch can have its own minor number.

UUID Ma jo r Mino r

C O MPANY A

BRANC H X

BRANC H Y

BEAC O N 1

BEAC O N 2

BEAC O N 3

EBAECFAF-DFE0-4039-BE5A-F030EED4303C

Developers can create apps that respond to the iBeacon ID that your Zyxel Device broadcasts. An app that is associated with the Zyxel Device's iBeacon ID can measure the proximity of a customer to a beacon. This app can then push messages or trigger prompts and actions based on this information. This allows you to send highly contextual and highly localized advertisements to customers.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
122

Chapter 11 Bluetooth
11.2 Blue to o th Adve rtising Se tting s
The Zyxel Device communicates with another BLE enabled device for advertisements. Use this screen to configure up to five beacon IDs to be included in the advertising packet. To access this screen, click C o nfig ura tio n > Blue to o th > Adve rtising Se tting s. Fig ure 73 Configuration > Bluetooth > Advertising Settings

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 46 Configuration > Bluetooth > Advertising Settings

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Edit Activate Inactivate # Status

Click this to edit the selected entry. To turn on an entry, select it and click Ac tiva te . To turn off an entry, select it and click Ina c tiva te . This field is a sequential value, and it is not associated with a specific entry. This field shows whether or not the entry is activated.

UUID Major Minor Apply Reset

A yellow bulb signifies that this rule is active. A gray bulb signifies that this rule is not active. This field indicates the UUID to be included in the Bluetooth advertising packets. This field indicates the major number to be included in the Bluetooth advertising packets. This field indicates the minor number to be included in the Bluetooth advertising packets. Click Apply to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device. Click Re se t to return the screen to its last-saved settings.

11.2.1 Edit Adve rtising Se tting s
Select an entry in the C o nfig ura tio n > Blue to o th > Adve rtising Se tting s screen and click the Edit icon to open the Edit Adve rtising screen. Use this screen to configure the beacon ID in the Bluetooth advertising packets.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
123

Chapter 11 Bluetooth Fig ure 74 Configuration > Bluetooth > Advertising Settings > Edit

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 47 Configuration > Bluetooth > Advertising Settings > Edit

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Activate

Select this option to enable the advertising settings.

UUID

To specify a UUID for the Zyxel Device's beacon ID, enter 32 hexadecimal digits in the range of "A-F", "a-f" and "0-9", split into five groups separated by hyphens (-). The UUID format is as follows: xxxxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxx (8-4-4-4-12)

Generate new UUID

Click this button to have the Zyxel Device generate a new UUID automatically.

Major

Enter an integer from 0 to 65535 as the major value to identify the group to which the beacon belongs.

Minor

Enter an integer from 0 to 65535 as the minor value to identify the individual beacon.

Click O K to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device.

Cancel

Click C a nc e l to exit this screen without saving your changes.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
124

C HA PTER 1 2 Use r

12.1 O ve rvie w

This chapter describes how to set up user accounts and user settings for the Zyxel Device.

12.1.1 Wha t Yo u C a n Do in this C ha pte r
· The Use r screen (see Section 12.2 on page 126) provides a summary of all user accounts. · The Se tting screen (see Section 12.3 on page 128) controls default settings, login settings, lockout
settings, and other user settings for the Zyxel Device.
12.1.2 Wha t Yo u Ne e d To Kno w
The following terms and concepts may help as you read this chapter.

Use r Ac c o unt
A user account defines the privileges of a user logged into the Zyxel Device. User accounts are used in controlling access to configuration and services in the Zyxel Device.

Use r Type s

These are the types of user accounts the Zyxel Device uses.

Table 48 Types of User Accounts

TYPE

A BILITIES

Admin Users admin limited-admin

Change Zyxel Device configuration (web, CLI) Look at Zyxel Device configuration (web, CLI)

Access Users user

Perform basic diagnostics (CLI)
Used for the embedded RADIUS server and SNMPv3 user access

Browse user-mode commands (CLI)

LO G IN METHO D(S)
WWW, TELNET, SSH, FTP WWW, TELNET, SSH

Note: The default a dm in account is always authenticated locally, regardless of the authentication method setting.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
125

Chapter 12 User
12.2 Use r Sum m a ry
The Use r screen provides a summary of all user accounts. To access this screen click C o nfig ura tio n > O b je c t > Use r. Fig ure 75 Configuration > Object > User

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 49 Configuration > Object > User

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Add Edit
Remove
Object Reference
# User Name User Type

Click this to create a new entry.
Double-click an entry or select it and click Edit to open a screen where you can modify the entry's settings.
To remove an entry, select it and click Re m o ve . The Zyxel Device confirms you want to remove it before doing so.
Select an entry and click O b je c t Re fe re nc e to open a screen that shows which settings use the entry.
This field is a sequential value, and it is not associated with a specific user.
This field displays the user name of each user.
This field displays type of user this account was configured as.

Description

12.2.1 Add/ Edit Use r
The Use r Add/ Edit screen allows you to create a new user account or edit an existing one.
12.2.1.1 Rule s fo r Use r Na m e s
Enter a user name from 1 to 31 characters. The user name can only contain the following characters: · Alphanumeric A-z 0-9 (there is no unicode support) · _ [underscores]

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
126

Chapter 12 User

· - [dashes]
The first character must be alphabetical (A-Z a-z), an underscore (_), or a dash (-). Other limitations on user names are:
· User names are case-sensitive. If you enter a user 'bob' but use 'BOB' when connecting via CIFS or FTP, it will use the account settings used for 'BOB' not `bob'.
· User names have to be different than user group names. · Here are the reserved user names:

· adm · debug · ldap-users · operator · sync

· admin

· any

· devicehaecived · ftp

· lp

· mail

· radius-users

· root

· uucp

· zyxel

· bin · games · news · shutdown

· daemon · halt · nobody · sshd

To access this screen, go to the Use r screen, and click Add or Edit. Fig ure 76 Configuration > Object > User > Add/Edit A User

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 50 Configuration > User > User > Add/Edit A User

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

User Name User Type

Type the user name for this user account. You may use 1-31 alphanumeric characters,
underscores(_), or dashes (-), but the first character cannot be a number. This value is case-
sensitive. User names have to be different than user group names, and some words are reserved.
Select what type of user this is. Choices are:

Password Retype Description

· a dm in - this user can look at and change the configuration of the Zyxel Device · lim ite d- a dm in - this user can look at the configuration of the Zyxel Device but not to
change it · use r - this is used for embedded RADIUS server and SNMPv3 user access
Enter the password of this user account. It can consist of 4 - 63 alphanumeric characters.
Re-enter the password to make sure you have entered it correctly.
Enter the description of each user, if any. You can use up to 60 printable ASCII characters. Default descriptions are provided.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
127

Chapter 12 User

Table 50 Configuration > User > User > Add/Edit A User (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Authentication Timeout Settings

This field is not available if the user type is use r.
If you want to set authentication timeout to a value other than the default settings, select Use Ma nua l Se tting s then fill your preferred values in the fields that follow.

Lease Time

This field is not available if the user type is use r.

Reauthentication Time
OK Cancel

Enter the number of minutes this user has to renew the current session before the user is logged out. You can specify 1 to 1440 minutes. You can enter 0 to make the number of minutes unlimited. Admin users renew the session every time the main screen refreshes in the Web Configurator.
This field is not available if the user type is use r.
Type the number of minutes this user can be logged into the Zyxel Device in one session before the user has to log in again. You can specify 1 to 1440 minutes. You can enter 0 to make the number of minutes unlimited. Unlike Le a se Tim e , the user has no opportunity to renew the session without logging out.
Click O K to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device.
Click C a nc e l to exit this screen without saving your changes.

12.3 Se tting
This screen controls default settings, login settings, lockout settings, and other user settings for the Zyxel Device. To access this screen, login to the Web Configurator, and click C o nfig ura tio n > O b je c t > Use r > Se tting .

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
128

Chapter 12 User Fig ure 77 Configuration > Object > User > Setting

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 51 Configuration > Object > User > Setting

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

User Default Setting Default Authentication Timeout Settings
Edit
# User Type

These authentication timeout settings are used by default when you create a new user account. They also control the settings for any existing user accounts that are set to use the default settings. You can still manually configure any user account's authentication timeout settings.
Double-click an entry or select it and click Edit to open a screen where you can modify the entry's settings.
This field is a sequential value, and it is not associated with a specific entry.
These are the kinds of user account the Zyxel Device supports.

Lease Time

· a dm in - this user can look at and change the configuration of the Zyxel Device · lim ite d- a dm in - this user can look at the configuration of the Zyxel Device but not
to change it · use r - this is used for embedded RADIUS server and SNMPv3 user access
This is the default lease time in minutes for each type of user account. It defines the number of minutes the user has to renew the current session before the user is logged out.

Reauthentication Time User Logon Settings

Admin users renew the session every time the main screen refreshes in the Web Configurator.
This is the default reauthentication time in minutes for each type of user account. It defines the number of minutes the user can be logged into the Zyxel Device in one session before having to log in again. Unlike Le a se Tim e , the user has no opportunity to renew the session without logging out.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
129

Chapter 12 User

Table 51 Configuration > Object > User > Setting (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Limit the number of simultaneous logons for administration account

Select this check box if you want to set a limit on the number of simultaneous logins by admin users. If you do not select this, admin users can login as many times as they want at the same time using the same or different IP addresses.

Maximum number per This field is effective when Lim it ... fo r a dm inistra tio n a c c o unt is checked. Type the administration account maximum number of simultaneous logins by each admin user.

User Lockout Settings

Enable logon retry limit

Select this check box to set a limit on the number of times each user can login unsuccessfully (for example, wrong password) before the IP address is locked out for a specified amount of time.

Maximum retry count

This field is effective when Ena b le lo g o n re try lim it is checked. Type the maximum number of times each user can login unsuccessfully before the IP address is locked out for the specified lo c ko ut pe rio d. The number must be between 1 and 99.

Lockout period

This field is effective when Ena b le lo g o n re try lim it is checked. Type the number of minutes the user must wait to try to login again, if lo g o n re try lim it is enabled and the m a xim um re try c o unt is reached. This number must be between 1 and 65,535 (about 45.5 days).

Apply

Click Apply to save the changes.

Reset

Click Re se t to return the screen to its last-saved settings.

12.3.1 Edit Use r Authe ntic a tio n Tim e o ut Se tting s
This screen allows you to set the default authentication timeout settings for the selected type of user account. These default authentication timeout settings also control the settings for any existing user accounts that are set to use the default settings. You can still manually configure any user account's authentication timeout settings.
To access this screen, go to the C o nfig ura tio n > O b je c t > Use r > Se tting screen, select one of the De fa ult Authe ntic a tio n Tim e o ut Se tting s entry and click the Edit icon.
Fig ure 78 User > Setting > Edit User Authentication Timeout Settings

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
130

Chapter 12 User

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 52 User > Setting > Edit User Authentication Timeout Settings

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

User Type

This read-only field identifies the type of user account for which you are configuring the default settings.

Lease Time

· a dm in - this user can look at and change the configuration of the Zyxel Device. · lim ite d- a dm in - this user can look at the configuration of the Zyxel Device but not to
change it.
Enter the number of minutes this type of user account has to renew the current session before the user is logged out. You can specify 1 to 1440 minutes. You can enter 0 to make the number of minutes unlimited.

Reauthentication Time
OK Cancel

Admin users renew the session every time the main screen refreshes in the Web Configurator. Access users can renew the session by clicking the Re ne w button on their screen. If you allow access users to renew time automatically, the users can select this check box on their screen as well. In this case, the session is automatically renewed before the lease time expires.
Type the number of minutes this type of user account can be logged into the Zyxel Device in one session before the user has to log in again. You can specify 1 to 1440 minutes. You can enter 0 to make the number of minutes unlimited. Unlike Le a se Tim e , the user has no opportunity to renew the session without logging out.
Click O K to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device.
Click C a nc e l to exit this screen without saving your changes.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
131

C HA PTER 1 3 AP Pro file
13.1 O ve rvie w
This chapter shows you how to configure preset profiles for the Zyxel Device.
13.1.1 Wha t Yo u C a n Do in this C ha pte r
· The Ra dio screen (Section 13.2 on page 133) creates radio configurations that can be used by the APs.
· The SSID screen (Section 13.3 on page 140) configures three different types of profiles for your networked APs.
13.1.2 Wha t Yo u Ne e d To Kno w
The following terms and concepts may help as you read this chapter.
Wire le ss Pro file s
At the heart of all wireless AP configurations on the Zyxel Device are profiles. A profile represents a group of saved settings that you can use across any number of connected APs. You can set up the following wireless profile types:
· Ra dio - This profile type defines the properties of an AP's radio transmitter. You can have a maximum of 64 radio profiles on the Zyxel Device.
· SSID - This profile type defines the properties of a single wireless network signal broadcast by an AP. Each radio on a single AP can broadcast up to 8 SSIDs. You can have a maximum of 64 SSID profiles on the Zyxel Device.
· Se c urity - This profile type defines the security settings used by a single SSID. It controls the encryption method required for a wireless client to associate itself with the SSID. You can have a maximum of 64 security profiles on the Zyxel Device.
· MAC Filte ring - This profile provides an additional layer of security for an SSID, allowing you to block access or allow access to that SSID based on wireless client MAC addresses. If a client's MAC address is on the list, then it is either allowed or denied, depending on how you set up the MAC Filter profile. You can have a maximum of 64 MAC filtering profiles on the Zyxel Device.
· La ye r- 2 Iso la tio n - This profile defines the MAC addresses of the devices that you want to allow the associated wireless clients to have access to when layer-2 isolation is enabled.
SSID
The SSID (Service Set IDentifier) is the name that identifies the Service Set with which a wireless station is associated. Wireless stations associating to the access point (AP) must have the same SSID. In other words, it is the name of the wireless network that clients use to connect to it.
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
132

Chapter 13 AP Profile
WEP
WEP (Wired Equivalent Privacy) encryption scrambles all data packets transmitted between the AP and the wireless stations associated with it in order to keep network communications private. Both the wireless stations and the access points must use the same WEP key for data encryption and decryption.
W PA 2
WPA2 (IEEE 802.11i) is a wireless security standard that defines stronger encryption, authentication and key management than WPA. Key differences between WPA2 and WEP are improved data encryption and user authentication.
IEEE 802.1x
The IEEE 802.1x standard outlines enhanced security methods for both the authentication of wireless stations and encryption key management. Authentication is done using an external RADIUS server.
IEEE 802.11k/ v Assiste d Ro a m ing
IEEE 802.11k is a standard for radio resource management of wireless LANs, which allows clients to request neighbor lists from the connected AP and discover the best available AP when roaming. An 802.11k neighbor list can contain up to six BSSIDs with the highest RCPI (Received Channel Power Indicator) value in both bands (5 GHz and 2.4 GHz, in the ratio of 4:2). The IEEE 802.11v BSS Transition Management feature lets an AP automatically provide load information of the neighbor APs to clients. It helps the Zyxel Device steer clients to a suitable AP for better performance or load balancing.
13.2 Ra dio
This screen allows you to create radio profiles for the Zyxel Device. A radio profile is a list of settings that an Zyxel Device can use to configure its radio transmitter(s). To access this screen click C o nfig ura tio n > O b je c t > AP Pro file . Note: You can have a maximum of 32 radio profiles on the Zyxel Device.
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
133

Chapter 13 AP Profile Fig ure 79 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > Radio

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 53 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > Radio

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Add Edit Remove Activate Inactivate Object Reference # Status

Click this to add a new radio profile. Click this to edit the selected radio profile. Click this to remove the selected radio profile. To turn on an entry, select it and click Ac tiva te . To turn off an entry, select it and click Ina c tiva te . Click this to view which other objects are linked to the selected radio profile.
This field is a sequential value, and it is not associated with a specific user. This field shows whether or not the entry is activated.

Profile Name Frequency Band Apply Reset

A yellow bulb signifies that this rule is active. A gray bulb signifies that this rule is not active. This field indicates the name assigned to the radio profile. This field indicates the frequency band which this radio profile is configured to use. Click Apply to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device. Click Re se t to return the screen to its last-saved settings.

13.2.1 Add/ Edit Ra dio Pro file
This screen allows you to create a new radio profile or edit an existing one. To access this screen, click the Add button or select a radio profile from the list and click the Edit button.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
134

Chapter 13 AP Profile Fig ure 80 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > Radio > Add/Edit

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 54 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > Radio > Add/Edit

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Hide / Show Advanced Settings

Click this to hide or show the Adva nc e d Se tting s in this window.

General Settings

Activate

Select this option to make this profile active.

Profile Name

Enter up to 31 alphanumeric characters to be used as this profile's name. Spaces and underscores are allowed.

802.11 Band

Select whether this radio would use the 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz band.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
135

Chapter 13 AP Profile

Table 54 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > Radio > Add/Edit (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

802.11 Mode

Select how to let wireless clients connect to the AP.

If 802.11 Ba nd is set to 2.4G :

· 11b / g : allows either IEEE 802.11b or IEEE 802.11g compliant WLAN devices to associate with the Zyxel Device. The Zyxel Device adjusts the transmission rate automatically according to the wireless standard supported by the wireless devices.
· 11n: allows IEEE802.11b, IEEE802.11g and IEEE802.11n compliant WLAN devices to associate with the Zyxel Device.
· 11a x: allows IEEE802.11b, IEEE802.11g, IEEE802.11n, and IEEE802.11ax compliant WLAN devices to associate with the Zyxel Device. If the WLAN device isn't compatible with 802.11ax, the Zyxel Device will communicate with the WLAN device using 802.11n, and so on.
If 802.11 Ba nd is set to 5G :

Channel Width

· 11a : allows only IEEE 802.11a compliant WLAN devices to associate with the Zyxel Device.
· 11n: allows both IEEE802.11n and IEEE802.11a compliant WLAN devices to associate with the Zyxel Device.
· 11a c : allows IEEE802.11n, IEEE802.11a, and IEEE802.11ac compliant WLAN devices to associate with the Zyxel Device. If the WLAN device isn't compatible with 802.11ac, the Zyxel Device will communicate with the WLAN device using 802.11n, and so on.
· 11a x: allows IEEE802.11n, IEEE802.11a, IEEE802.11ac, and IEEE802.11ax compliant WLAN devices to associate with the Zyxel Device. If the WLAN device isn't compatible with 802.11ax, the Zyxel Device will communicate with the WLAN device using 802.11ac, and so on.
Select the channel bandwidth you want to use for your wireless network.

Select 20 MHz if you want to lessen radio interference with other wireless devices in your neighborhood.

Select 20/ 40 MHz to allow the Zyxel Device to choose the channel bandwidth (20 or 40 MHz) that has least interference.

Select 20/ 40/ 80 to allow the Zyxel Device to choose the channel bandwidth (20 or 40 or 80) that has least interference. This option is available only when you select 11a c or 11a x in the 802.11 Mo de field.

Select 20/ 40/ 80/ 160 MHz to allow the Zyxel Device to choose the channel bandwidth (20 or 40 or 80 or 160 MHz) that has least interference. This option is available only when you select 11a x in the 802.11 Mo de field.

Note: If the environment has poor signal-to-noise ratio (SNR), the Zyxel Device will switch to a lower bandwidth.

Channel Selection Enable DCS Client Aware

Note: 160 MHz is only available in NWA210AX, WAX610D and WAX650S.
This is the radio channel which the signal will use for broadcasting by this radio profile.
· DC S: Choose Dynamic Channel Selection to have the Zyxel Device choose a radio channel that has least interference.
· Ma nua l: Choose from the available radio channels in the list. If your Zyxel Device is outdoor type, be sure to choose non-indoors channels.
Select this to have the Zyxel Device switch channels only when there are no clients connected to it. If there is a client connected, the Zyxel Device will not switch channels but generate a log. The Zyxel Device tries to scan and switch channels again at the end of the specified time interval or at the scheduled time.
If you disable this then the Zyxel Device switches channels immediately regardless of any client connections. In this instance, clients that are connected to the Zyxel Device when it switches channels are dropped.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
136

Chapter 13 AP Profile

Table 54 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > Radio > Add/Edit (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Enable DCS Client Aware

This field is available when you set C ha nne l Se le c tio n to DC S.
Select this to have the Zyxel Device switch channels only when there are no clients connected to it. If there is a client connected, the Zyxel Device will not switch channels but generate a log. The Zyxel Device tries to scan and switch channels again at the end of the specified time interval or at the scheduled time.

If you disable this then the Zyxel Device switches channels immediately regardless of any client connections. In this instance, clients that are connected to the Zyxel Device when it switches channels are dropped.

2.4 GHz Channel Selection Method

This field is available when you set C ha nne l Se le c tio n to DC S.
Select how you want to specify the channels the Zyxel Device switches between for 2.4 GHz operation.

Select a uto to have the Zyxel Device display a 2.4 G Hz C ha nne l De plo ym e nt field you can use to limit channel switching to 3 or 4 channels.

Select m a nua l to select the individual channels the Zyxel Device switches between.

Channel ID

Note: The method is automatically set to a uto when no channel is selected or any one of the previously selected channels is not supported.
This field is available only when you set C ha nne l Se le c tio n to DC S and set 2.4 G Hz C ha nne l Se le c tio n Me tho d to m a nua l.

2.4 GHz Channel Deployment

Select the channels that you want the Zyxel Device to use.
This is available when you set C ha nne l Se le c tio n to DC S and the 2.4 G Hz C ha nne l Se le c tio n Me tho d is set to a uto .

Select Thre e - C ha nne l De plo ym e nt to limit channel switching to channels 1,6, and 11, the three channels that are sufficiently attenuated to have almost no impact on one another. In other words, this allows you to minimize channel interference by limiting channelhopping to these three "safe" channels.

Enable 5 GHz DFS Aware

Select Fo ur- C ha nne l De plo ym e nt to limit channel switching to four channels. Depending on the country domain, if the only allowable channels are 1-11 then the Zyxel Device uses channels 1, 4, 7, 11 in this configuration; otherwise, the Zyxel Device uses channels 1, 5, 9, 13 in this configuration. Four channel deployment expands your pool of possible channels while keeping the channel interference to a minimum.
This field is available only when you select 5G in the 802.11 Ba nd field, set C ha nne l Se le c tio n to DC S and set 5 G Hz C ha nne l Se le c tio n Me tho d to a uto .

Select this if your APs are operating in an area known to have RADAR devices. This allows the Zyxel Device to downgrade its frequency to below 5 GHz in the event RADAR signal is detected, thus preventing it from interfering with that signal.

Enabling this forces the AP to select a non-DFS channel. 5 GHz Channel Select how you want to specify the channels the Zyxel Device switches between for 5 GHz Selection Method operation.

Select Auto to have the Zyxel Device automatically select the best channel.

Select m a nua l to select the individual channels the Zyxel Device switches between.

Channel ID

Note: The method is automatically set to a uto when no channel is selected or any one of the previously selected channels is not supported.
This field is available only when you set C ha nne l Se le c tio n to DC S and set 5 G Hz C ha nne l Se le c tio n Me tho d to m a nua l.
Select the channels that you want the Zyxel Device to use.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
137

Chapter 13 AP Profile

Table 54 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > Radio > Add/Edit (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Time Interval

Select this option to have the Zyxel Device survey the other APs within its broadcast radius at the end of the specified time interval.

DCS Time Interval This field is available when you set C ha nne l Se le c tio n to DC S and select the Tim e Inte rva l option.

Schedule Start Time Week Days Advanced Settings Guard Interval

Enter a number of minutes. This regulates how often the Zyxel Device surveys the other APs within its broadcast radius. If the channel on which it is currently broadcasting suddenly comes into use by another AP, the Zyxel Device will then dynamically select the next available clean channel or a channel with lower interference.
Select this option to have the Zyxel Device survey the other APs within its broadcast radius at a specific time on selected days of the week.
Specify the time of the day (in 24-hour format) to have the Zyxel Device use DCS to automatically scan and find a less-used channel.
Select each day of the week to have the Zyxel Device use DCS to automatically scan and find a less-used channel.
This field is available only when the channel width is 20/ 40MHz or 20/ 40/ 80MHz and the 802.11 Mo de is either 11n or 11a c .

Set the guard interval for this radio profile to either sho rt or lo ng .

Enable A-MPDU Aggregation

The guard interval is the gap introduced between data transmission from users in order to reduce interference. Reducing the interval increases data transfer rates but also increases interference. Increasing the interval reduces data transfer rates but also reduces interference.
This field is not available when you set 802.11 Mo de to 11a or 11b / g .
Select this to enable A-MPDU aggregation.

Enable A-MSDU Aggregation

Message Protocol Data Unit (MPDU) aggregation collects Ethernet frames along with their 802.11n headers and wraps them in a 802.11n MAC header. This method is useful for increasing bandwidth throughput in environments that are prone to high error rates.
This field is not available when you set 802.11 Mo de to 11a or 11b / g .
Select this to enable A-MSDU aggregation.

Mac Service Data Unit (MSDU) aggregation collects Ethernet frames without any of their 802.11n headers and wraps the header-less payload in a single 802.11n MAC header. This method is useful for increasing bandwidth throughput. It is also more efficient than A-MPDU except in environments that are prone to high error rates.

RTS/CTS Threshold

Use RTS/CTS to reduce data collisions on the wireless network if you have wireless clients that are associated with the same AP but out of range of one another. When enabled, a wireless client sends an RTS (Request To Send) and then waits for a CTS (Clear To Send) before it transmits. This stops wireless clients from transmitting packets at the same time (and causing data collisions).

Beacon Interval DTIM

A wireless client sends an RTS for all packets larger than the number (of bytes) that you enter here. Set the RTS/CTS equal to or higher than the fragmentation threshold to turn RTS/ CTS off.
When a wirelessly networked device sends a beacon, it includes with it a beacon interval. This specifies the time period before the Zyxel Device sends the beacon again. The interval tells receiving devices on the network how long they can wait in low-power mode before waking up to handle the beacon. A high value helps save current consumption of the access point.
Delivery Traffic Indication Message (DTIM) is the time period after which broadcast and multicast packets are transmitted to mobile clients in the Active Power Management mode. A high DTIM value can cause clients to lose connectivity with the network. This value can be set from 1 to 255.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
138

Chapter 13 AP Profile

Table 54 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > Radio > Add/Edit (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Enable Signal Threshold

Select the check box to use the signal threshold to ensure wireless clients receive good throughput. This allows only wireless clients with a strong signal to connect to the AP.

Station Signal Threshold

Clear the check box to not require wireless clients to have a minimum signal strength to connect to the AP.
Set a minimum client signal strength. A wireless client is allowed to connect to the AP only when its signal strength is stronger than the specified threshold.

Disassociate Station Threshold

-20 dBm is the strongest signal you can require and -105 is the weakest.
Set a minimum kick-off signal strength. When a wireless client's signal strength is lower than the specified threshold, the Zyxel Device disconnects the wireless client from the AP.

-20 dBm is the strongest signal you can require and -105 is the weakest.

Allow Station

Select this option to allow a wireless client to try to associate with the AP again after it is

Connection after Multiple Retries

disconnected due to weak signal strength.

Station Retry Count

Set the maximum number of times a wireless client can attempt to re-connect to the AP

Allow 802.11n/ ac/ax stations only

Select this option to allow only 802.11 n/ac/ax clients to connect, and reject 802.11a/b/g clients.

Blacklist DFS channels in presence of radar

This field is available if 802.11 Ba nd is set to 5G and C ha nne l Se le c tio n is set to DC S.
Enable this to temporarily blacklist the wireless channels in the Dynamic Frequency Selection (DFS) range whenever a radar signal is detected by the Zyxel Device.

Enable 802.11d

Clear the checkbox to prevent the AP from broadcasting a country code, also called a country Information Element (IE), in beacon frames. This makes the AP incompatible with 802.11d networks and devices.

Multicast Settings Transmission Mode

802.11d is a WiFi network specification that allows the AP to broadcast a country code to WiFi client. The country code indicates where the AP is located. If WiFi clients are unable to connect to the AP due to an incompatible country code, you should disable 802.11d.
Specify how the Zyxel Device handles wireless multicast traffic.
Select Multic a st to Unic a st to broadcast wireless multicast traffic to all of the wireless clients as unicast traffic. Unicast traffic dynamically changes the data rate based on the application's bandwidth requirements. The retransmit mechanism of unicast traffic provides more reliable transmission of the multicast traffic, although it also produces duplicate packets.

Multicast Rate(Mbps)
WLAN Rate Control Setting

Select Fixe d Multic a st Ra te to send multicast traffic to all wireless clients at a single data rate. You must know the multicast application's bandwidth requirements and set it in the following field.
If you set Tra nsm issio n Mo de to Fixe d Multic a st Ra te , select a data rate at which the Zyxel Device transmits multicast packets to wireless clients. For example, to deploy 4 Mbps video, select a fixed multicast rate higher than 4 Mbps.
Sets the minimum data rate that 2.4Ghz WiFi clients can connect at, in Mbps. At the time of write, allowed values are: 1, 2,5. 5, 6, 9, 11, 12, 18, 24, 36, 48, 54.

Sets the minimum data rate that 5Ghz WiFi clients can connect at, in Mbps. At the time of write, allowed values are: 6,9, 12, 18, 24, 36, 48, 54.

OK Cancel

Increasing the minimum data rate can reduce network overhead and improve WiFi network performance in high density environments. However, WiFi clients that do not support the minimum data rate will not be able to connect to the AP.
Click O K to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device.
Click C a nc e l to exit this screen without saving your changes.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
139

Chapter 13 AP Profile
13.3 SSID
The SSID screens allow you to configure three different types of profiles for your networked APs: an SSID list, which can assign specific SSID configurations to your APs; a security list, which can assign specific encryption methods to the APs when allowing wireless clients to connect to them; and a MAC filter list, which can limit connections to an AP based on wireless clients MAC addresses.
13.3.1 SSID List
This screen allows you to create and manage SSID configurations that can be used by the APs. An SSID, or Service Set IDentifier, is basically the name of the wireless network to which a wireless client can connect. The SSID appears as readable text to any device capable of scanning for wireless frequencies (such as the WiFi adapter in a laptop), and is displayed as the wireless network name when a person makes a connection to it. To access this screen click C o nfig ura tio n > O b je c t > AP Pro file > SSID > SSID List. Note: You cannot add or remove an SSID profile after running the setup wizard. Fig ure 81 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > SSID List (Default)
Fig ure 82 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > SSID List (After wizard setup)
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
140

Chapter 13 AP Profile

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 55 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > SSID List

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Add

Click this to add a new SSID profile.

Edit Remove

This button is not available after you configure the Zyxel Deviceusing the wizard. Click this to edit the selected SSID profile. Click this to remove the selected SSID profile.

Object Reference
#
Profile Name
SSID
Security Profile
QoS
MAC Filtering Profile
Layer-2 Isolation Profile
VLAN ID

This button is not available after you configure the Zyxel Deviceusing the wizard. Click this to view which other objects are linked to the selected SSID profile (for example, radio profile). This field is a sequential value, and it is not associated with a specific user. This field indicates the name assigned to the SSID profile. This field indicates the SSID name as it appears to wireless clients. This field indicates which (if any) security profile is associated with the SSID profile. This field indicates the QoS type associated with the SSID profile. This field indicates which (if any) MAC filter Profile is associated with the SSID profile.
This field indicates which (if any) layer-2 isolation Profile is associated with the SSID profile.
This field indicates the VLAN ID associated with the SSID profile.

13.3.2 Add/ Edit SSID Pro file
This screen allows you to create a new SSID profile or edit an existing one. To access this screen, click the Add button or select a SSID profile from the list and click the Edit button.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
141

Chapter 13 AP Profile Fig ure 83 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > SSID List > Add/Edit SSID Profile

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 56 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > SSID List > Add/Edit SSID Profile

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Create new Object

Select an object type from the list to create a new one associated with this SSID profile.

Profile Name

Enter up to 31 alphanumeric characters for the profile name. This name is only visible in the Web Configurator and is only for management purposes. Spaces and underscores are allowed.

SSID

Enter the SSID name for this profile. This is the name visible on the network to wireless clients. Enter up to 32 characters, spaces and underscores are allowed.

Security Profile

Select a security profile from this list to associate with this SSID. If none exist, you can use the C re a te ne w O b je c t menu to create one.

Note: It is highly recommended that you create security profiles for all of your SSIDs to enhance your network security.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
142

Chapter 13 AP Profile

Table 56 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > SSID List > Add/Edit SSID Profile (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

MAC Filtering Profile

Select a MAC filtering profile from the list to associate with this SSID. If none exist, you can use the C re a te ne w O b je c t menu to create one.

MAC filtering allows you to limit the wireless clients connecting to your network through a particular SSID by wireless client MAC addresses. Any clients that have MAC addresses not in the MAC filtering profile of allowed addresses are denied connections.

Layer-2 Isolation Profile

The disa b le setting means no MAC filtering is used.
Select a layer-2 isolation profile from the list to associate with this SSID. If none exist, you can use the C re a te ne w O b je c t menu to create one.

Layer-2 isolation allows you to prevent wireless clients associated with your Zyxel Device from communicating with other wireless clients, APs, computers or routers in a network.

QoS

The disa b le setting means no layer-2 isolation is used.
Select a Quality of Service (QoS) access category to associate with this SSID. Access categories minimize the delay of data packets across a wireless network. Certain categories, such as video or voice, are given a higher priority due to the time sensitive nature of their data packets.

QoS access categories are as follows:

disa b le : Turns off QoS for this SSID. All data packets are treated equally and not tagged with access categories.

WMM: Enables automatic tagging of data packets. The Zyxel Device assigns access categories to the SSID by examining data as it passes through it and making a best guess effort. If something looks like video traffic, for instance, it is tagged as such.

WMM_VO IC E: All wireless traffic to the SSID is tagged as voice data. This is recommended if an SSID is used for activities like placing and receiving VoIP phone calls.

WMM_VIDEO : All wireless traffic to the SSID is tagged as video data. This is recommended for activities like video conferencing.

WMM_BEST_EFFO RT: All wireless traffic to the SSID is tagged as "best effort," meaning the data travels the best route it can without displacing higher priority traffic. This is good for activities that do not require the best bandwidth throughput, such as surfing the Internet.

Rate Limiting Downlink
Uplink
VLAN ID Hidden SSID

WMM_BAC KG RO UND: All wireless traffic to the SSID is tagged as low priority or "background traffic", meaning all other access categories take precedence over this one. If traffic from an SSID does not have strict throughput requirements, then this access category is recommended. For example, an SSID that only has network printers connected to it.
Define the maximum incoming transmission data rate (either in mbps or kbps) on a per-station basis.
Define the maximum outgoing transmission data rate (either in mbps or kbps) on a per-station basis.
Enter a VLAN ID for the Zyxel Device to use to tag traffic originating from this SSID.
Select this if you want to "hide" your SSID from wireless clients. This tells any wireless clients in the vicinity of the AP using this SSID profile not to display its SSID name as a potential connection. Not all wireless clients respect this flag and display it anyway.

Enable Intra-BSS Traffic Blocking
Enable U-APSD

When a SSID is "hidden" and a wireless client cannot see it, the only way you can connect to the SSID is by manually entering the SSID name in your wireless connection setup screen(s) (these vary by client, client connectivity software, and operating system).
Select this option to prevent crossover traffic from within the same SSID on the Zyxel Device.
Select this option to enable Unscheduled Automatic Power Save Delivery (U-APSD), which is also known as WMM-Power Save. This helps increase battery life for battery-powered wireless clients connected to the Zyxel Device using this SSID profile.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
143

Chapter 13 AP Profile

Table 56 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > SSID List > Add/Edit SSID Profile (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Enable Proxy ARP The Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) is a protocol for mapping an IP address to a MAC address. An ARP broadcast is sent to all devices in the same Ethernet network to request the MAC address of a target IP address.

Select this option to allow the Zyxel Device to answer ARP requests for an IP address on behalf of a client associated with this SSID. This can reduce broadcast traffic and improve network performance.

802.11k/v Assisted Select this option to enable IEEE 802.11k/v assisted roaming on the Zyxel Device. When the

Roaming

connected clients request 802.11k neighbor lists, the Zyxel Device will response with a list of

neighbor APs that can be candidates for roaming.

Schedule SSID

Select this option and set whether the SSID is enabled or disabled on each day of the week. You also need to select the hour and minute (in 24-hour format) to specify the time period of each day during which the SSID is enabled/enabled.

Click O K to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device.

Cancel

Click C a nc e l to exit this screen without saving your changes.

13.4 Se c urity List
This screen allows you to manage wireless security configurations that can be used by your SSIDs. Wireless security is implemented strictly between the AP broadcasting the SSID and the stations that are connected to it.
To access this screen click C o nfig ura tio n > O b je c t > AP Pro file > SSID > Se c urity List.
Note: You can have a maximum of 32 security profiles on the Zyxel Device.
Fig ure 84 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > Security List

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 57 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > Security List

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Add

Click this to add a new security profile.

Edit

Click this to edit the selected security profile.

Remove

Click this to remove the selected security profile.

Object Reference

Click this to view which other objects are linked to the selected security profile (for example, SSID profile).

This field is a sequential value, and it is not associated with a specific user.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
144

Chapter 13 AP Profile

Table 57 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > Security List (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Profile Name

This field indicates the name assigned to the security profile.

Security Mode

This field indicates this profile's security mode (if any).

13.4.1 Add/ Edit Se c urity Pro file
This screen allows you to create a new security profile or edit an existing one. To access this screen, click the Add button or select a security profile from the list and click the Edit button.
Note: These screens' options change based on the Se c urity Mo de selected.
Fig ure 85 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > Security List > Add/Edit Security Profile> Security Mode: none

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
145

Chapter 13 AP Profile

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 58 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > Security List > Add/Edit Security Profile> Security Mode: none

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

General Settings Profile Name
Security Mode

Enter up to 31 alphanumeric characters for the profile name. This name is only visible in the Web Configurator and is only for management purposes. Spaces and underscores are allowed.
Select a security mode from the list: no ne , e nha nc e d- o pe n, we p, wpa 2, wpa 2- m ix or wpa 3.

Authentication Settings Enterprise
ReAuthentication Timer Advance

e nha nc e d- o pe n uses Opportunistic Wireless Encryption (OWE) which encrypts the wireless connection when possible.
Select this to enable 802.1x secure authentication with a RADIUS server. Enter the interval (in seconds) between authentication requests. Enter a 0 for unlimited time.

Note: Click on the Sho w Adva nc e d Se tting s button to show the fields describe below.

Idle Timeout

Enter the idle interval (in seconds) that a client can be idle before authentication is discontinued.

Radius Settings

Primary / Secondary Radius Server Activate

Select this to have the Zyxel Device use the specified RADIUS server.

Radius Server IP Address

Enter the IP address of the RADIUS server to be used for authentication.

Radius Server Port Enter the port number of the RADIUS server to be used for authentication.

Radius Server Secret Enter the shared secret password of the RADIUS server to be used for authentication.

Primary / Secondary Accounting Server Activate

Select the check box to enable user accounting through an external authentication server.

Accounting Server Enter the IP address of the external accounting server in dotted decimal notation. IP Address

Accounting Server Port

Enter the port number of the external accounting server. The default port number is 1813. You need not change this value unless your network administrator instructs you to do so with additional information.

Accounting Share Secret

Enter a password (up to 128 alphanumeric characters) as the key to be shared between the external accounting server and the Zyxel Device. The key must be the same on the external accounting server and your Zyxel Device. The key is not sent over the network.

Accounting Interim Update

This field is available only when you enable user accounting through an external authentication server.

Interim Update Interval General Server Settings NAS IP Address

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
146

Chapter 13 AP Profile

Table 58 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > Security List > Add/Edit Security Profile> Security Mode: none (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

NAS Identifier

If the RADIUS server requires the Zyxel Device to provide the NAS (Network Access Server) identifier attribute, enter it here. The NAS identifier is to identify the source of access request. It could be the NAS's fully qualified domain name.

Click O K to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device.

Cancel

Click C a nc e l to exit this screen without saving your changes.

Fig ure 86 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > Security List > Add/Edit Security Profile> Security Mode: enhanced- open

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 59 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > Security List > Add/Edit Security Profile> Security Mode: enhanced- open

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

General Settings Profile Name
Security Mode

Authentication Settings Transition Mode

e nha nc e d- o pe n uses Opportunistic Wireless Encryption (OWE) which encrypts the wireless connection when possible.
Enable this for backwards compatibility. This option is only available if the Se c urity Mo de is wpa 3 or e nha nc e d- o pe n. This creates two virtual APs (VAPs) with a primary (wpa 3 or e nha nc e d- o pe n) and fallback (wpa 2 or no ne ) security method.

If the Se c urity Mo de is wpa 3, enabling this will force Ma na g e m e nt Fra m e Pro te c tio n to be set to O ptio na l. If this is disabled or if the Se c urity Mo de is e nha nc e d- o pe n, Ma na g e m e nt Fra m e Pro te c tio n will be set to Re q uire d.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
147

Chapter 13 AP Profile

Table 59 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > Security List > Add/Edit Security Profile> Security Mode: enhanced- open (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Advance

Note: Click on the Sho w Adva nc e d Se tting s button to show the fields describe below.

Idle Timeout

Enter the idle interval (in seconds) that a client can be idle before authentication is discontinued.

Management Frame Protection

This field is available only when you select wpa 2 in the Se c urity Mo de field and set C iphe r Type to a e s.

Data frames in 802.11 WLANs can be encrypted and authenticated with WEP, WPA or WPA2. But 802.11 management frames, such as beacon/probe response, association request, association response, de-authentication and disassociation are always unauthenticated and unencrypted. IEEE 802.11w Protected Management Frames allows APs to use the existing security mechanisms (encryption and authentication methods defined in IEEE 802.11i WPA/WPA2) to protect management frames. This helps prevent wireless DoS attacks.

Select the check box to enable management frame protection (MFP) to add security to 802.11 management frames.

Select O ptio na l if you do not require the wireless clients to support MFP. Management frames will be encrypted if the clients support MFP.

OK Cancel

Select Re quire d and wireless clients must support MFP in order to join the Zyxel Device's wireless network.
Click O K to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device.
Click C a nc e l to exit this screen without saving your changes.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
148

Chapter 13 AP Profile
Fig ure 87 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > Security List > Add/Edit Security Profile> Security Mode: wep

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 60 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > Security List > Add/Edit Security Profile> Security Mode: wep

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

General Settings

Profile Name Security Mode

e nha nc e d- o pe n uses Opportunistic Wireless Encryption (OWE) which encrypts the wireless connection when possible.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
149

Chapter 13 AP Profile

Table 60 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > Security List > Add/Edit Security Profile> Security Mode: wep (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Authentication Settings Enterprise
ReAuthentication Timer Authentication Type Key Length

Select this to enable 802.1x secure authentication with a RADIUS server. Enter the interval (in seconds) between authentication requests. Enter a 0 for unlimited time. Select a WEP authentication method. Choices are O pe n or Sha re key. Select the bit-length of the encryption key to be used in WEP connections.

If you select WEP- 64:

· Enter 10 hexadecimal digits in the range of "A-F", "a-f" and "0-9" (for example, 0x11AA22BB33) for each Ke y used.
or

· Enter 5 ASCII characters (case sensitive) ranging from "a-z", "A-Z" and "0-9" (for example, MyKey) for each Ke y used.
If you select WEP- 128:

· Enter 26 hexadecimal digits in the range of "A-F", "a-f" and "0-9" (for example, 0x00112233445566778899AABBCC) for each Ke y used.
or

Key 1~4 Advance

· Enter 13 ASCII characters (case sensitive) ranging from "a-z", "A-Z" and "0-9" (for example, MyKey12345678) for each Ke y used.
Based on your Ke y Le ng th selection, enter the appropriate length hexadecimal or ASCII key.

Note: Click on the Sho w Adva nc e d Se tting s button to show the fields describe below.

Idle Timeout Radius Settings

Enter the idle interval (in seconds) that a client can be idle before authentication is discontinued.

Primary / Secondary

Select this to have the Zyxel Device use the specified RADIUS server.

Radius Server Activate

Radius Server IP Address

Enter the IP address of the RADIUS server to be used for authentication.

Radius Server Port Enter the port number of the RADIUS server to be used for authentication.

Radius Server Secret Enter the shared secret password of the RADIUS server to be used for authentication.

Primary / Secondary Accounting Server Activate

Select the check box to enable user accounting through an external authentication server.

Accounting Server Enter the IP address of the external accounting server in dotted decimal notation. IP Address

Accounting Server Port

Accounting Share Secret
Accounting Interim Update

Select this to have the Zyxel Device send subscriber status updates to the accounting server at the interval you specify.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
150

Chapter 13 AP Profile

Table 60 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > Security List > Add/Edit Security Profile> Security Mode: wep (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Interim Update Interval

Specify the time interval for how often the Zyxel Device is to send a subscriber status update to the accounting server.

General Server Settings

NAS IP Address

If the RADIUS server requires the Zyxel Device to provide the NAS (Network Access Server) IP address attribute, enter it here.

NAS Identifier

Click O K to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device.

Cancel

Click C a nc e l to exit this screen without saving your changes.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
151

Chapter 13 AP Profile Fig ure 88 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > Security List > Add/Edit Security Profile> Security
Mode: wpa2
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
152

Chapter 13 AP Profile
Fig ure 89 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > Security List > Add/Edit Security Profile> Security Mode: wpa2 (NWA50AX)

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 61 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > Security List > AAdd/Edit Security Profile> Security Mode: wpa2

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

General Settings Profile Name
Security Mode

Authentication Settings Enterprise
ReAuthentication Timer Personal

Pre-Shared Key Advance

Select this option to use a Pre-Shared Key (PSK) with WPA2 encryption or Simultaneous Authentication of Equals (SAE) with WPA3 encryption.
Enter a pre-shared key of between 8 and 63 case-sensitive ASCII characters (including spaces and symbols) or 64 hexadecimal characters.

Note: Click on the Sho w Adva nc e d Se tting s button to show the fields describe below.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
153

Chapter 13 AP Profile

Table 61 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > Security List > AAdd/Edit Security Profile> Security Mode: wpa2 (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Cipher Type

Select an encryption cipher type from the list.

Idle Timeout
Group Key Update Timer Pre-Authentication Management Frame Protection

· a uto - This automatically chooses the best available cipher based on the cipher in use by the wireless client that is attempting to make a connection.
· a e s - This is the Advanced Encryption Standard encryption method. It is a more recent development over TKIP and considerably more robust. Not all wireless clients may support this.
Enter the idle interval (in seconds) that a client can be idle before authentication is discontinued. Enter the interval (in seconds) at which the AP updates the group WPA2 encryption key.
Select Ena b le to allow pre-authentication. Otherwise, select Disa b le . This field is available only when you select wpa 2 in the Se c urity Mo de field and set C iphe r Type to a e s.

Select the check box to enable management frame protection (MFP) to add security to 802.11 management frames.

Select O ptio na l if you do not require the wireless clients to support MFP. Management frames will be encrypted if the clients support MFP.

Select Re quire d and wireless clients must support MFP in order to join the Zyxel Device's wireless network.

Radius Settings

Primary / Secondary Radius Server Activate

Select this to have the Zyxel Device use the specified RADIUS server.

Radius Server IP Address

Enter the IP address of the RADIUS server to be used for authentication.

Radius Server Port Enter the port number of the RADIUS server to be used for authentication.

Radius Server Secret Enter the shared secret password of the RADIUS server to be used for authentication.

Primary / Secondary Accounting Server Activate

Select the check box to enable user accounting through an external authentication server.

Accounting Server Enter the IP address of the external accounting server in dotted decimal notation. IP Address

Accounting Server Port

Accounting Share Secret

Accounting Interim Update

This field is available only when you enable user accounting through an external authentication server.

Select this to have the Zyxel Device send subscriber status updates to the accounting server at the interval you specify.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
154

Chapter 13 AP Profile

Table 61 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > Security List > AAdd/Edit Security Profile> Security Mode: wpa2 (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Interim Update Interval

Specify the time interval for how often the Zyxel Device is to send a subscriber status update to the accounting server.

General Server Settings

NAS IP Address

If the RADIUS server requires the Zyxel Device to provide the NAS (Network Access Server) IP address attribute, enter it here.

NAS Identifier

Click O K to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device.

Cancel

Click C a nc e l to exit this screen without saving your changes.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
155

Chapter 13 AP Profile Fig ure 90 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > Security List > Add/Edit Security Profile> Security
Mode: wpa2-mix
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
156

Chapter 13 AP Profile
Fig ure 91 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > Security List > Add/Edit Security Profile> Security Mode: wpa2-mix (NWA50AX)

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 62 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > Security List > AAdd/Edit Security Profile> Security Mode: wpa2-mix

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

General Settings Profile Name
Security Mode

Authentication Settings Enterprise
ReAuthentication Timer Personal

Pre-Shared Key Advance

Note: Click on the Sho w Adva nc e d Se tting s button to show the fields describe below.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
157

Chapter 13 AP Profile

Table 62 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > Security List > AAdd/Edit Security Profile> Security Mode: wpa2-mix (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Cipher Type

Select an encryption cipher type from the list.

Idle Timeout

Enter the idle interval (in seconds) that a client can be idle before authentication is discontinued.

Group Key Update Timer

Enter the interval (in seconds) at which the AP updates the group WPA2 encryption key.

Pre-Authentication

Select Ena b le to allow pre-authentication. Otherwise, select Disa b le .

Radius Settings

Primary / Secondary

Select this to have the Zyxel Device use the specified RADIUS server.

Radius Server Activate

Radius Server IP Address

Enter the IP address of the RADIUS server to be used for authentication.

Radius Server Port Enter the port number of the RADIUS server to be used for authentication.

Radius Server Secret Enter the shared secret password of the RADIUS server to be used for authentication.

Primary / Secondary Accounting Server Activate

Select the check box to enable user accounting through an external authentication server.

Accounting Server Enter the IP address of the external accounting server in dotted decimal notation. IP Address

Accounting Server Port

Accounting Share Secret

Accounting Interim Update

This field is available only when you enable user accounting through an external authentication server.

Interim Update Interval General Server Settings NAS IP Address
NAS Identifier
OK Cancel

Select this to have the Zyxel Device send subscriber status updates to the accounting server at the interval you specify. Specify the time interval for how often the Zyxel Device is to send a subscriber status update to the accounting server.
If the RADIUS server requires the Zyxel Device to provide the NAS (Network Access Server) IP address attribute, enter it here. If the RADIUS server requires the Zyxel Device to provide the NAS (Network Access Server) identifier attribute, enter it here. The NAS identifier is to identify the source of access request. It could be the NAS's fully qualified domain name. Click O K to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device. Click C a nc e l to exit this screen without saving your changes.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
158

Chapter 13 AP Profile Fig ure 92 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > Security List > Add/Edit Security Profile> Security
Mode: wpa3
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
159

Chapter 13 AP Profile
Fig ure 93 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > Security List > Add/Edit Security Profile> Security Mode: wpa3 (NWA50AX)

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 63 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > Security List > AAdd/Edit Security Profile> Security Mode: wpa3

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

General Settings Profile Name
Security Mode

Authentication Settings Enterprise
ReAuthentication Timer Personal

Pre-Shared Key

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
160

Chapter 13 AP Profile

Table 63 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > Security List > AAdd/Edit Security Profile> Security Mode: wpa3 (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Transition Mode

Enable this for backwards compatibility. This option is only available if the Se c urity Mo de is wpa 3 or e nha nc e d- o pe n. This creates two virtual APs (VAPs) with a primary (wpa 3 or e nha nc e d- o pe n) and fallback (wpa 2 or no ne ) security method.

Advance

Note: Click on the Sho w Adva nc e d Se tting s button to show the fields describe below.

Idle Timeout

Enter the idle interval (in seconds) that a client can be idle before authentication is discontinued.

Group Key Update Timer

Enter the interval (in seconds) at which the AP updates the group WPA2 encryption key.

Pre-Authentication

Select Ena b le to allow pre-authentication. Otherwise, select Disa b le .

Management Frame Protection

This field is available only when you select wpa 2 in the Se c urity Mo de field and set C iphe r Type to a e s.

Select the check box to enable management frame protection (MFP) to add security to 802.11 management frames.

Select O ptio na l if you do not require the wireless clients to support MFP. Management frames will be encrypted if the clients support MFP.

Select Re quire d and wireless clients must support MFP in order to join the Zyxel Device's wireless network.

Radius Settings

Primary / Secondary Radius Server Activate

Select this to have the Zyxel Device use the specified RADIUS server.

Radius Server IP Address

Enter the IP address of the RADIUS server to be used for authentication.

Radius Server Port Enter the port number of the RADIUS server to be used for authentication.

Radius Server Secret Enter the shared secret password of the RADIUS server to be used for authentication.

Primary / Secondary Accounting Server Activate

Select the check box to enable user accounting through an external authentication server.

Accounting Server Enter the IP address of the external accounting server in dotted decimal notation. IP Address

Accounting Server Port

Accounting Share Secret

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
161

Chapter 13 AP Profile

Table 63 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > Security List > AAdd/Edit Security Profile> Security Mode: wpa3 (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Accounting Interim Update

This field is available only when you enable user accounting through an external authentication server.

Interim Update Interval General Server Settings NAS IP Address
NAS Identifier
OK Cancel

13.5 MAC Filte r List
This screen allows you to create and manage security configurations that can be used by your SSIDs. To access this screen click C o nfig ura tio n > O b je c t > AP Pro file > SSID > MAC Filte r List. Note: You can have a maximum of 32 MAC filtering profiles on the Zyxel Device. Fig ure 94 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > MAC Filter List

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 64 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > MAC Filter List

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Add

Click this to add a new MAC filtering profile.

Edit

Click this to edit the selected MAC filtering profile.

Remove

Click this to remove the selected MAC filtering profile.

Object Reference

Click this to view which other objects are linked to the selected MAC filtering profile (for example, SSID profile).

This field is a sequential value, and it is not associated with a specific user.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
162

Chapter 13 AP Profile

Table 64 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > MAC Filter List (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Profile Name

This field indicates the name assigned to the MAC filtering profile.

Filter Action

This field indicates this profile's filter action (if any).

13.5.1 Add/ Edit MAC Filte r Pro file
This screen allows you to create a new MAC filtering profile or edit an existing one. To access this screen, click the Add button or select a MAC filter profile from the list and click the Edit button.
Note: Each MAC filtering profile can include a maximum of 512 MAC addresses. Fig ure 95 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > MAC Filter List > Add/Edit MAC Filter Profile

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 65 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > MAC Filter List > Add/Edit MAC Filter Profile

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Profile Name

Enter up to 31 alphanumeric characters for the profile name. This name is only visible in the Web Configurator and is only for management purposes. Spaces and underscores are allowed.

Filter Action

Select a llo w to permit the wireless client with the MAC addresses in this profile to connect to the network through the associated SSID; select de ny to block the wireless clients with the specified MAC addresses.

Add

Click this to add a MAC address to the profile's list.

Edit

Click this to edit the selected MAC address in the profile's list.

Remove

Click this to remove the selected MAC address from the profile's list.

This field is a sequential value, and it is not associated with a specific user.

MAC

This field specifies a MAC address associated with this profile. You can click the MAC address to make it editable.

Description

This field displays a description for the MAC address associated with this profile. You can click the description to make it editable. Enter up to 60 characters, spaces and underscores allowed.

Click O K to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device.

Cancel

Click C a nc e l to exit this screen without saving your changes.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
163

Chapter 13 AP Profile
13.6 La ye r- 2 Iso la tio n List
Layer-2 isolation is used to prevent wireless clients associated with your Zyxel Device from communicating with other wireless clients, APs, computers or routers in a network. In the following example, layer-2 isolation is enabled on the Zyxel Device to allow a guest wireless client (A) to access the main network router (B). The router provides access to the Internet and the network printer (C ) while preventing the client from accessing other computers and servers on the network. The client can communicate with other wireless clients only if Intra-BSS Traffic blocking is disabled. Note: Intra-BSS Traffic Blocking is activated when you enable layer-2 isolation. Fig ure 96 Layer-2 Isolation Application
MAC addresses that are not listed in the layer-2 isolation table are blocked from communicating with the Zyxel Device's wireless clients except for broadcast packets. Layer-2 isolation does not check the traffic between wireless clients that are associated with the same AP. Intra-BSS traffic allows wireless clients associated with the same AP to communicate with each other. This screen allows you to specify devices you want the users on your wireless networks to access. To access this screen click C o nfig ura tio n > O b je c t > AP Pro file > SSID > La ye r- 2 Iso la tio n List. Fig ure 97 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > Layer-2 Isolation List
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
164

Chapter 13 AP Profile

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 66 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > Layer-2 Isolation List

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Add

Click this to add a new layer-2 isolation profile.

Edit

Click this to edit the selected layer-2 isolation profile.

Remove

Click this to remove the selected layer-2 isolation profile.

Object Reference

Click this to view which other objects are linked to the selected layer-2 isolation profile (for example, SSID profile).

This field is a sequential value, and it is not associated with a specific user.

Profile Name

This field indicates the name assigned to the layer-2 isolation profile.

13.6.1 Add/ Edit La ye r- 2 Iso la tio n Pro file
This screen allows you to create a new layer-2 isolation profile or edit an existing one. To access this screen, click the Add button or select a layer-2 isolation profile from the list and click the Edit button.
Note: You need to know the MAC address of each wireless client, AP, computer or router that you want to allow to communicate with the Zyxel Device's wireless clients.
Fig ure 98 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > Layer-2 Isolation List > Add/Edit Layer-2 Isolation Profile

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 67 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > Layer-2 Isolation List > Add/Edit Layer-2 Isolation Profile

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Profile Name

Enter up to 31 alphanumeric characters for the profile name. This name is only visible in the Web Configurator and is only for management purposes. Spaces and underscores are allowed.

Add

Click this to add a MAC address to the profile's list.

Edit

Click this to edit the selected MAC address in the profile's list.

Remove

Click this to remove the selected MAC address from the profile's list.

This field is a sequential value, and it is not associated with a specific user.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
165

Chapter 13 AP Profile

Table 67 Configuration > Object > AP Profile > SSID > Layer-2 Isolation List > Add/Edit Layer-2 Isolation Profile (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

MAC

This field specifies a MAC address associated with this profile. You can click the MAC address to make it editable.

Description

This field displays a description for the MAC address associated with this profile. You can click the description to make it editable. Enter up to 60 characters, spaces and underscores allowed.

Click O K to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device.

Cancel

Click C a nc e l to exit this screen without saving your changes.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
166

C HA PTER 1 4 MO N Pro file
14.1 O ve rvie w
This screen allows you to set up monitor mode configurations that allow your Zyxel Device to scan for other wireless devices in the vicinity. Once detected, you can use the Wire le ss > MO N Mo de screen (Section 10.3 on page 112) to classify them as either rogue or friendly. Not all Zyxel Devices support monitor mode and rogue APs detection.
14.1.1 Wha t Yo u C a n Do in this C ha pte r
The MO N Pro file screen (Section 14.2 on page 167) creates preset monitor mode configurations that can be used by the Zyxel Device.
14.2 MO N Pro file
This screen allows you to create monitor mode configurations that can be used by the APs. To access this screen, log into the Web Configurator, and click C o nfig ura tio n > O b je c t > MO N Pro file . Fig ure 99 Configuration > Object > MON Profile

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 68 Configuration > Object > MON Profile

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Add

Click this to add a new monitor mode profile.

Edit

Click this to edit the selected monitor mode profile.

Remove

Click this to remove the selected monitor mode profile.

Activate

To turn on an entry, select it and click Ac tiva te .

Inactivate

To turn off an entry, select it and click Ina c tiva te .

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
167

Chapter 14 MON Profile

Table 68 Configuration > Object > MON Profile (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Object Reference

Click this to view which other objects are linked to the selected monitor mode profile (for example, an AP management profile).

This field is a sequential value, and it is not associated with a specific profile.

Status

This field shows whether or not the entry is activated.

Profile Name

This field indicates the name assigned to the monitor profile.

14.2.1 Add/ Edit MO N Pro file
This screen allows you to create a new monitor mode profile or edit an existing one. To access this screen, click the Add button or select and existing monitor mode profile and click the Edit button. See Section 1.2.3 on page 16 for more information about MON Mode.
Fig ure 100 Configuration > Object > MON Profile > Add/Edit MON Profile

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
168

Chapter 14 MON Profile

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 69 Configuration > Object > MON Profile > Add/Edit MON Profile

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Activate Profile Name Channel dwell time
Scan Channel Mode

Select this to activate this monitor mode profile.
This field indicates the name assigned to the monitor mode profile.
Enter the interval (in milliseconds) before the Zyxel Device switches to another channel for monitoring.
Select a uto to have the Zyxel Device switch to the next sequential channel once the C ha nne l dwe ll tim e expires.

Set Scan Channel List (2.4 GHz)

Select m a nua l to set specific channels through which to cycle sequentially when the C ha nne l dwe ll tim e expires. Selecting this options makes the Sc a n C ha nne l List options available.
Select one or more than one channel to have the Zyxel Device using this profile scan the channel(s) when Sc a n C ha nne l Mo de is set to m a nua l.

Set Scan Channel List (5 GHz)

These channels are limited to the 2.4 GHz range (802.11 b/g/n/ax).
Select one or more than one channel to have the Zyxel Device using this profile scan the channel(s) when Sc a n C ha nne l Mo de is set to m a nua l.

OK Cancel

These channels are limited to the 5 GHz range (802.11 a/n/ac/ax). Not all Zyxel Devices support both 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz frequency bands.
Click O K to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device.
Click C a nc e l to exit this screen without saving your changes.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
169

C HA PTER 1 5 WDS Pro file
15.1 O ve rvie w
This chapter shows you how to configure WDS (Wireless Distribution System) profiles for the Zyxel Device to form a WDS with other APs.
15.1.1 Wha t Yo u C a n Do in this C ha pte r
The WDS Pro file screen (Section 15.2 on page 170) creates preset WDS configurations that can be used by the Zyxel Device.
15.2 WDS Pro file
This screen allows you to manage and create WDS profiles that can be used by the APs. To access this screen, click C o nfig ura tio n > O b je c t > WDS Pro file . Fig ure 101 Configuration > Object > WDS Profile

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 70 Configuration > Object > WDS Profile

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Add

Click this to add a new profile.

Edit

Click this to edit the selected profile.

Remove

Click this to remove the selected profile.

This field is a sequential value, and it is not associated with a specific profile.

Profile Name

This field indicates the name assigned to the profile.

WDS SSID

This field shows the SSID specified in this WDS profile.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
170

Chapter 15 WDS Profile
15.2.1 Add/ Edit WDS Pro file
This screen allows you to create a new WDS profile or edit an existing one. To access this screen, click the Add button or select and existing profile and click the Edit button. Fig ure 102 Configuration > Object > WDS Profile > Add/Edit WDS Profile

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 71 Configuration > Object > WDS Profile > Add/Edit WDS Profile

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Profile Name WDS SSID
Pre-Shared Key

Enter up to 31 alphanumeric characters for the profile name.
Enter the SSID with which you want the Zyxel Device to connect to a root AP or repeater to form a WDS.
Enter a pre-shared key of between 8 and 63 case-sensitive ASCII characters (including spaces and symbols) or 64 hexadecimal characters.

OK Cancel

The key is used to encrypt the traffic between the APs. Click O K to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device. Click C a nc e l to exit this screen without saving your changes.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
171

C HA PTER 1 6 C e rtific a te s
16.1 O ve rvie w
The Zyxel Device can use certificates (also called digital IDs) to authenticate users. Certificates are based on public-private key pairs. A certificate contains the certificate owner's identity and public key. Certificates provide a way to exchange public keys for use in authentication.
16.1.1 Wha t Yo u C a n Do in this C ha pte r
· The My C e rtific a te s screens (Section 16.2 on page 175) generate and export self-signed certificates or certification requests and import the Zyxel Device's CA-signed certificates.
· The Truste d C e rtific a te s screens (Section 16.3 on page 182) save CA certificates and trusted remote host certificates to the Zyxel Device. The Zyxel Device trusts any valid certificate that you have imported as a trusted certificate. It also trusts any valid certificate signed by any of the certificates that you have imported as a trusted certificate.
16.1.2 Wha t Yo u Ne e d to Kno w
The following terms and concepts may help as you read this chapter.
When using public-key cryptology for authentication, each host has two keys. One key is public and can be made openly available. The other key is private and must be kept secure.
These keys work like a handwritten signature (in fact, certificates are often referred to as "digital signatures"). Only you can write your signature exactly as it should look. When people know what your signature looks like, they can verify whether something was signed by you, or by someone else. In the same way, your private key "writes" your digital signature and your public key allows people to verify whether data was signed by you, or by someone else.
This process works as follows:
1 Tim wants to send a message to Jenny. He needs her to be sure that it comes from him, and that the message content has not been altered by anyone else along the way. Tim generates a public key pair (one public key and one private key).
2 Tim keeps the private key and makes the public key openly available. This means that anyone who receives a message seeming to come from Tim can read it and verify whether it is really from him or not.
3 Tim uses his private key to sign the message and sends it to Jenny.
4 Jenny receives the message and uses Tim's public key to verify it. Jenny knows that the message is from Tim, and that although other people may have been able to read the message, no-one can have altered it (because they cannot re-sign the message with Tim's private key).
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
172

Chapter 16 Certificates
5 Additionally, Jenny uses her own private key to sign a message and Tim uses Jenny's public key to verify the message.
The Zyxel Device uses certificates based on public-key cryptology to authenticate users attempting to establish a connection, not to encrypt the data that you send after establishing a connection. The method used to secure the data that you send through an established connection depends on the type of connection.
The certification authority uses its private key to sign certificates. Anyone can then use the certification authority's public key to verify the certificates.
A certification path is the hierarchy of certification authority certificates that validate a certificate. The Zyxel Device does not trust a certificate if any certificate on its path has expired or been revoked.
Certification authorities maintain directory servers with databases of valid and revoked certificates. A directory of certificates that have been revoked before the scheduled expiration is called a CRL (Certificate Revocation List). The Zyxel Device can check a peer's certificate against a directory server's list of revoked certificates. The framework of servers, software, procedures and policies that handles keys is called PKI (public-key infrastructure).
Adva nta g e s o f C e rtific a te s
Certificates offer the following benefits.
· The Zyxel Device only has to store the certificates of the certification authorities that you decide to trust, no matter how many devices you need to authenticate.
· Key distribution is simple and very secure since you can freely distribute public keys and you never need to transmit private keys.
Se lf- sig ne d C e rtific a te s
You can have the Zyxel Device act as a certification authority and sign its own certificates.
Fa c to ry De fa ult C e rtific a te
The Zyxel Device generates its own unique self-signed certificate when you first turn it on. This certificate is referred to in the GUI as the factory default certificate.
C e rtific a te File Fo rm a ts
Any certificate that you want to import has to be in one of these file formats:
· Binary X.509: This is an ITU-T recommendation that defines the formats for X.509 certificates. · PEM (Base-64) encoded X.509: This Privacy Enhanced Mail format uses lowercase letters, uppercase
letters and numerals to convert a binary X.509 certificate into a printable form. · Binary PKCS#7: This is a standard that defines the general syntax for data (including digital signatures)
that may be encrypted. A PKCS #7 file is used to transfer a public key certificate. The private key is not included. The Zyxel Device currently allows the importation of a PKS#7 file that contains a single certificate. · PEM (Base-64) encoded PKCS#7: This Privacy Enhanced Mail (PEM) format uses lowercase letters, uppercase letters and numerals to convert a binary PKCS#7 certificate into a printable form.
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
173

Chapter 16 Certificates · Binary PKCS#12: This is a format for transferring public key and private key certificates.The private key
in a PKCS #12 file is within a password-encrypted envelope. The file's password is not connected to your certificate's public or private passwords. Exporting a PKCS #12 file creates this and you must provide it to decrypt the contents when you import the file into the Zyxel Device. Note: Be careful not to convert a binary file to text during the transfer process. It is easy for this
to occur since many programs use text files by default.
16.1.3 Ve rifying a C e rtific a te
Before you import a trusted certificate into the Zyxel Device, you should verify that you have the correct certificate. You can do this using the certificate's fingerprint. A certificate's fingerprint is a message digest calculated using the MD5 or SHA1 algorithm. The following procedure describes how to check a certificate's fingerprint to verify that you have the actual certificate. 1 Browse to where you have the certificate saved on your computer. 2 Make sure that the certificate has a ".cer" or ".crt" file name extension.
3 Double-click the certificate's icon to open the C e rtific a te window. Click the De ta ils tab and scroll down to the Thum b print Alg o rithm and Thum b print fields.
4 Use a secure method to verify that the certificate owner has the same information in the Thum bprint Alg o rithm and Thum b print fields. The secure method may vary based on your situation. Possible examples would be over the telephone or through an HTTPS connection. NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
174

Chapter 16 Certificates
16.2 My C e rtific a te s
Click C o nfig ura tio n > O b je c t > C e rtific a te > My C e rtific a te s to open this screen. This is the Zyxel Device's summary list of certificates and certification requests. Fig ure 103 Configuration > Object > Certificate > My Certificates

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 72 Configuration > Object > Certificate > My Certificates

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

PKI Storage Space in Use Add Edit Remove
Object Reference
# Name Type

This bar displays the percentage of the Zyxel Device's PKI storage space that is currently in use. When the storage space is almost full, you should consider deleting expired or unnecessary certificates before adding more certificates.
Click this to go to the screen where you can have the Zyxel Device generate a certificate or a certification request.
Double-click an entry or select it and click Edit to open a screen with an in-depth list of information about the certificate.
The Zyxel Device keeps all of your certificates unless you specifically delete them. Uploading a new firmware or default configuration file does not delete your certificates. To remove an entry, select it and click Re m o ve . The Zyxel Device confirms you want to remove it before doing so. Subsequent certificates move up by one when you take this action.
You cannot delete certificates that any of the Zyxel Device's features are configured to use. Select an entry and click O b je c t Re fe re nc e to open a screen that shows which settings use the entry.
This field displays the certificate index number. The certificates are listed in alphabetical order.
This field displays the name used to identify this certificate. It is recommended that you give each certificate a unique name.
This field displays what kind of certificate this is.

REQ represents a certification request and is not yet a valid certificate. Send a certification request to a certification authority, which then issues a certificate. Use the My C e rtific a te Im po rt screen to import the certificate and replace the request.

SELF represents a self-signed certificate.

Subject

C ERTrepresents a certificate issued by a certification authority.
This field displays identifying information about the certificate's owner, such as CN (Common Name), OU (Organizational Unit or department), O (Organization or company) and C (Country). It is recommended that each certificate have unique subject information.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
175

Chapter 16 Certificates

Table 72 Configuration > Object > Certificate > My Certificates (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Issuer

This field displays identifying information about the certificate's issuing certification authority, such as a common name, organizational unit or department, organization or company and country. With self-signed certificates, this is the same information as in the Subje c t field.

Valid From

This field displays the date that the certificate becomes applicable.

Valid To

This field displays the date that the certificate expires. The text displays in red and includes an Expired! message if the certificate has expired.

Import

Click Im po rt to open a screen where you can save a certificate to the Zyxel Device.

Refresh

Click Re fre sh to display the current validity status of the certificates.

16.2.1 Add My C e rtific a te s
Click C o nfig ura tio n > O b je c t > C e rtific a te > My C e rtific a te s and then the Add icon to open the Add My C e rtific a te s screen. Use this screen to have the Zyxel Device create a self-signed certificate, enroll a certificate with a certification authority or generate a certification request.
Fig ure 104 Configuration > Object > Certificate > My Certificates > Add

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
176

Chapter 16 Certificates

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 73 Configuration > Object > Certificate > My Certificates > Add

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Name Subject Information

Type a name to identify this certificate. You can use up to 31 alphanumeric and ;`~!@#$%^&()_+[]{}',.=- characters.
Use these fields to record information that identifies the owner of the certificate. You do not have to fill in every field, although you must specify a Ho st IP Addre ss, Ho st Do m a in Na m e , or E- Ma il. The certification authority may add fields (such as a serial number) to the subject information when it issues a certificate. It is recommended that each certificate have unique subject information.

Select a radio button to identify the certificate's owner by IP address, domain name or email address. Type the IP address (in dotted decimal notation), domain name or e-mail address in the field provided. The domain name or e-mail address is for identification purposes only and can be any string.

A domain name can be up to 255 characters. You can use alphanumeric characters, the hyphen and periods.

Organizational Unit
Organization Town (City) State (Province) Country Key Type

An e-mail address can be up to 63 characters. You can use alphanumeric characters, the hyphen, the @ symbol, periods and the underscore.
Identify the organizational unit or department to which the certificate owner belongs. You can use up to 31 characters. You can use alphanumeric characters, the hyphen and the underscore.
Identify the company or group to which the certificate owner belongs. You can use up to 31 characters. You can use alphanumeric characters, the hyphen and the underscore.
Identify the town or city where the certificate owner is located. You can use up to 31 characters. You can use alphanumeric characters, the hyphen and the underscore.
Identify the state or province where the certificate owner is located. You can use up to 31 characters. You can use alphanumeric characters, the hyphen and the underscore.
Identify the nation where the certificate owner is located. You can use up to 31 characters. You can use alphanumeric characters, the hyphen and the underscore.
The Zyxel Device uses the RSA (Rivest, Shamir and Adleman) public-key encryption algorithm. SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) and SHA2 are hash algorithms used to authenticate packet data. SHA2-256 or SHA2-512 are part of the SHA2 set of cryptographic functions and they are considered even more secure than SHA1.

Key Length Extended Key Usage

Select a key type from RSA- SHA256 and RSA- SHA512.
Select a number from the drop-down list box to determine how many bits the key should use (1024 to 2048). The longer the key, the more secure it is. A longer key also uses more PKI storage space.
Select Se rve r Authe ntic a tio n to allow a web server to send clients the certificate to authenticate itself.

Create a self-signed certificate
Create a certification request and save it locally for later manual enrollment

Select C lie nt Authe ntic a tio n to use the certificate's key to authenticate clients to the secure gateway.
These radio buttons deal with how and when the certificate is to be generated.
Select this to have the Zyxel Device generate the certificate and act as the Certification Authority (CA) itself. This way you do not need to apply to a certification authority for certificates.
Select this to have the Zyxel Device generate and store a request for a certificate. Use the My C e rtific a te Edit screen to view the certification request and copy it to send to the certification authority.
Copy the certification request from the My C e rtific a te Edit screen and then send it to the certification authority.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
177

Chapter 16 Certificates

Table 73 Configuration > Object > Certificate > My Certificates > Add (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Create a certification request and enroll for a certificate immediately online

Select this to have the Zyxel Device generate a request for a certificate and apply to a certification authority for a certificate.
You must have the certification authority's certificate already imported in the Truste d C e rtific a te s screen.

Enrollment Protocol

When you select this option, you must select the certification authority's enrollment protocol and the certification authority's certificate from the drop-down list boxes and enter the certification authority's server address. You also need to fill in the Re fe re nc e Num b e r and Ke y if the certification authority requires them.
This field applies when you select C re a te a c e rtific a tio n re q ue st a nd e nro ll fo r a c e rtific a te im m e dia te ly o nline . Select the certification authority's enrollment protocol from the dropdown list box.

Sim ple C e rtific a te Enro llm e nt Pro to c o l (SC EP) is a TCP-based enrollment protocol that was developed by VeriSign and Cisco.

CA Server Address

C e rtific a te Ma na g e m e nt Pro to c o l (C MP) is a TCP-based enrollment protocol that was developed by the Public Key Infrastructure X.509 working group of the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF) and is specified in RFC 2510.
This field applies when you select C re a te a c e rtific a tio n re q ue st a nd e nro ll fo r a c e rtific a te im m e dia te ly o nline . Enter the IP address (or URL) of the certification authority server.

CA Certificate

For a URL, you can use up to 511 of the following characters. a-zA-Z0-9'()+,/:.=?;!*#@$_%-
This field applies when you select C re a te a c e rtific a tio n re q ue st a nd e nro ll fo r a c e rtific a te im m e dia te ly o nline . Select the certification authority's certificate from the C A C e rtific a te drop-down list box.

Request Authentication

You must have the certification authority's certificate already imported in the Truste d C e rtific a te s screen. Click Truste d C As to go to the Truste d C e rtific a te s screen where you can view (and manage) the Zyxel Device's list of certificates of trusted certification authorities.
When you select C re a te a c e rtific a tio n re q ue st a nd e nro ll fo r a c e rtific a te im m e dia te ly o nline , the certification authority may want you to include a reference number and key to identify you when you send a certification request.

Fill in both the Re fe re nc e Num b e r and the Ke y fields if your certification authority uses the CMP enrollment protocol. Just the Ke y field displays if your certification authority uses the SCEP enrollment protocol.

For the reference number, use 0 to 99999999.

OK Cancel

For the key, use up to 31 of the following characters. a-zA-Z0-9;|`~!@#$%^&*()_+\{}':,./ <>=-
Click O K to begin certificate or certification request generation.
Click C a nc e l to quit and return to the My C e rtific a te s screen.

If you configured the Add My C e rtific a te s screen to have the Zyxel Device enroll a certificate and the certificate enrollment is not successful, you see a screen with a Re turn button that takes you back to the Add My C e rtific a te s screen. Click Re turn and check your information in the Add My C e rtific a te s screen. Make sure that the certification authority information is correct and that your Internet connection is working properly if you want the Zyxel Device to enroll a certificate online.

16.2.2 Edit My C e rtific a te s
Click C o nfig ura tio n > O b je c t > C e rtific a te > My C e rtific a te s and then the Edit icon to open the My C e rtific a te Edit screen. You can use this screen to view in-depth certificate information and change the certificate's name.
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
178

Chapter 16 Certificates Fig ure 105 Configuration > Object > Certificate > My Certificates > Edit
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
179

Chapter 16 Certificates

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 74 Configuration > Object > Certificate > My Certificates > Edit

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Name Certification Path

This field displays the identifying name of this certificate. You can use up to 31 alphanumeric and ;`~!@#$%^&()_+[]{}',.=- characters.
This field displays for a certificate, not a certification request.

Click the Re fre sh button to have this read-only text box display the hierarchy of certification authorities that validate the certificate (and the certificate itself).

Refresh Certificate Information Type
Version Serial Number Subject Issuer

If the issuing certification authority is one that you have imported as a trusted certification authority, it may be the only certification authority in the list (along with the certificate itself). If the certificate is a self-signed certificate, the certificate itself is the only one in the list. The Zyxel Device does not trust the certificate and displays "Not trusted" in this field if any certificate on the path has expired or been revoked.
Click Re fre sh to display the certification path.
These read-only fields display detailed information about the certificate.
This field displays general information about the certificate. CA-signed means that a Certification Authority signed the certificate. Self-signed means that the certificate's owner signed the certificate (not a certification authority). "X.509" means that this certificate was created and signed according to the ITU-T X.509 recommendation that defines the formats for public-key certificates.
This field displays the X.509 version number.
This field displays the certificate's identification number given by the certification authority or generated by the Zyxel Device.
This field displays information that identifies the owner of the certificate, such as Common Name (CN), Organizational Unit (OU), Organization (O), State (ST), and Country (C).
This field displays identifying information about the certificate's issuing certification authority, such as Common Name, Organizational Unit, Organization and Country.

With self-signed certificates, this is the same as the Sub je c t Na m e field.

"none" displays for a certification request.

Signature Algorithm This field displays the type of algorithm that was used to sign the certificate.

Valid From

This field displays the date that the certificate becomes applicable. "none" displays for a certification request.

Valid To

This field displays the date that the certificate expires. The text displays in red and includes an Expired! message if the certificate has expired. "none" displays for a certification request.

Key Algorithm

This field displays the type of algorithm that was used to generate the certificate's key pair (the Zyxel Device uses RSA encryption) and the length of the key set in bits (1024 bits for example).

Subject Alternative Name

This field displays the certificate owner`s IP address (IP), domain name (DNS) or e-mail address (EMAIL).

Key Usage

This field displays for what functions the certificate's key can be used. For example, "DigitalSignature" means that the key can be used to sign certificates and "KeyEncipherment" means that the key can be used to encrypt text.

Extended Key Usage This field displays for what EKU (Extended Key Usage) functions the certificate's key can be used.

Basic Constraint

This field displays general information about the certificate. For example, Subject Type=CA means that this is a certification authority's certificate and "Path Length Constraint=1" means that there can only be one certification authority in the certificate's path. This field does not display for a certification request.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
180

Chapter 16 Certificates

Table 74 Configuration > Object > Certificate > My Certificates > Edit

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

MD5 Fingerprint

This is the certificate's message digest that the Zyxel Device calculated using the MD5 algorithm.

SHA1 Fingerprint

This is the certificate's message digest that the Zyxel Device calculated using the SHA1 algorithm.

Certificate in PEM (Base-64) Encoded Format

This read-only text box displays the certificate or certification request in Privacy Enhanced Mail (PEM) format. PEM uses lowercase letters, uppercase letters and numerals to convert a binary certificate into a printable form.

You can copy and paste a certification request into a certification authority's web page, an e-mail that you send to the certification authority or a text editor and save the file on a management computer for later manual enrollment.

Export Certificate Only
Password
Export Certificate with Private Key
OK Cancel

You can copy and paste a certificate into an e-mail to send to friends or colleagues or you can copy and paste a certificate into a text editor and save the file on a management computer for later distribution (via floppy disk for example).
Use this button to save a copy of the certificate without its private key. Click this button and then Sa ve in the File Do wnlo a d screen. The Sa ve As screen opens, browse to the location that you want to use and click Sa ve .
If you want to export the certificate with its private key, create a password and type it here. Make sure you keep this password in a safe place. You will need to use it if you import the certificate to another device.
Use this button to save a copy of the certificate with its private key. Type the certificate's password and click this button. Click Sa ve in the File Do wnlo a d screen. The Sa ve As screen opens, browse to the location that you want to use and click Sa ve .
Click O K to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device. You can only change the name.
Click C a nc e l to quit and return to the My C e rtific a te s screen.

16.2.3 Im po rt C e rtific a te s
Click C o nfig ura tio n > O b je c t > C e rtific a te > My C e rtific a te s > Im po rt to open the My C e rtific a te Im po rt screen. Follow the instructions in this screen to save an existing certificate to the Zyxel Device.
Note: You can import a certificate that matches a corresponding certification request that was generated by the Zyxel Device. You can also import a certificate in PKCS#12 format, including the certificate's public and private keys.
The certificate you import replaces the corresponding request in the My C e rtific a te s screen.
You must remove any spaces in the certificate's filename before you can import it.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
181

Chapter 16 Certificates Fig ure 106 Configuration > Object > Certificate > My Certificates > Import

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 75 Configuration > Object > Certificate > My Certificates > Import

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

File Path

Type in the location of the file you want to upload in this field or click Bro wse to find it.

Browse Password
OK Cancel

You cannot import a certificate with the same name as a certificate that is already in the Zyxel Device.
Click Bro wse to find the certificate file you want to upload.
This field only applies when you import a binary PKCS#12 format file. Type the file's password that was created when the PKCS #12 file was exported.
Click O K to save the certificate on the Zyxel Device.
Click C a nc e l to quit and return to the My C e rtific a te s screen.

16.3 Truste d C e rtific a te s
Click C o nfig ura tio n > O b je c t > C e rtific a te > Truste d C e rtific a te s to open the Truste d C e rtific a te s screen. This screen displays a summary list of certificates that you have set the Zyxel Device to accept as trusted. The Zyxel Device also accepts any valid certificate signed by a certificate on this list as being trustworthy; thus you do not need to import any certificate that is signed by one of these certificates.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
182

Chapter 16 Certificates Fig ure 107 Configuration > Object > Certificate > Trusted Certificates

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 76 Configuration > Object > Certificate > Trusted Certificates

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

PKI Storage Space This bar displays the percentage of the Zyxel Device's PKI storage space that is currently in use.

in Use

When the storage space is almost full, you should consider deleting expired or unnecessary

certificates before adding more certificates.

Edit

Double-click an entry or select it and click Edit to open a screen with an in-depth list of

information about the certificate.

Remove

The Zyxel Device keeps all of your certificates unless you specifically delete them. Uploading a new firmware or default configuration file does not delete your certificates. To remove an entry, select it and click Re m o ve . The Zyxel Device confirms you want to remove it before doing so. Subsequent certificates move up by one when you take this action.

Object Reference

You cannot delete certificates that any of the Zyxel Device's features are configured to use. Select an entry and click O b je c t Re fe re nc e to open a screen that shows which settings use the entry.

This field displays the certificate index number. The certificates are listed in alphabetical order.

Name

This field displays the name used to identify this certificate.

Subject

This field displays identifying information about the certificate's owner, such as CN (Common Name), OU (Organizational Unit or department), O (Organization or company) and C (Country). It is recommended that each certificate have unique subject information.

Issuer

Valid From

This field displays the date that the certificate becomes applicable.

Valid To

This field displays the date that the certificate expires. The text displays in red and includes an Expired! message if the certificate has expired.

Import

Click Im po rt to open a screen where you can save the certificate of a certification authority that you trust, from your computer to the Zyxel Device.

Refresh

Click this button to display the current validity status of the certificates.

16.3.1 Edit Truste d C e rtific a te s
Click C o nfig ura tio n > O b je c t > C e rtific a te > Truste d C e rtific a te s and then a certificate's Edit icon to open the Truste d C e rtific a te s Edit screen. Use this screen to view in-depth information about the certificate, change the certificate's name and set whether or not you want the Zyxel Device to check a certification authority's list of revoked certificates before trusting a certificate issued by the certification
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
183

Chapter 16 Certificates authority. Fig ure 108 Configuration > Object > Certificate > Trusted Certificates > Edit
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
184

Chapter 16 Certificates

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 77 Configuration > Object > Certificate > Trusted Certificates > Edit

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Name Certification Path

This field displays the identifying name of this certificate. You can change the name. You can use up to 31 alphanumeric and ;`~!@#$%^&()_+[]{}',.=- characters.
Click the Re fre sh button to have this read-only text box display the end entity's certificate and a list of certification authority certificates that shows the hierarchy of certification authorities that validate the end entity's certificate. If the issuing certification authority is one that you have imported as a trusted certificate, it may be the only certification authority in the list (along with the end entity's own certificate). The Zyxel Device does not trust the end entity's certificate and displays "Not trusted" in this field if any certificate on the path has expired or been revoked.

Refresh
Enable X.509v3 CRL Distribution Points and OCSP checking

Click Re fre sh to display the certification path.
Select this check box to have the Zyxel Device check incoming certificates that are signed by this certificate against a Certificate Revocation List (CRL) or an OCSP server. You also need to configure the OSCP or LDAP server details.

OCSP Server

Select this check box if the directory server uses OCSP (Online Certificate Status Protocol).

URL ID
Password

Type the protocol, IP address and pathname of the OCSP server.
The Zyxel Device may need to authenticate itself in order to assess the OCSP server. Type the login name (up to 31 ASCII characters) from the entity maintaining the server (usually a certification authority).
Type the password (up to 31 ASCII characters) from the entity maintaining the OCSP server (usually a certification authority).

LDAP Server

Select this check box if the directory server uses LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol). LDAP is a protocol over TCP that specifies how clients access directories of certificates and lists of revoked certificates.

Address Port
ID

Type the IP address (in dotted decimal notation) of the directory server.
Use this field to specify the LDAP server port number. You must use the same server port number that the directory server uses. 389 is the default server port number for LDAP.
The Zyxel Device may need to authenticate itself in order to assess the CRL directory server. Type the login name (up to 31 ASCII characters) from the entity maintaining the server (usually a certification authority).

Password

Type the password (up to 31 ASCII characters) from the entity maintaining the CRL directory server (usually a certification authority).

Certificate Information

These read-only fields display detailed information about the certificate.

Type

This field displays general information about the certificate. CA-signed means that a Certification Authority signed the certificate. Self-signed means that the certificate's owner signed the certificate (not a certification authority). X.509 means that this certificate was created and signed according to the ITU-T X.509 recommendation that defines the formats for public-key certificates.

Version Serial Number

This field displays the X.509 version number. This field displays the certificate's identification number given by the certification authority.

Subject

This field displays information that identifies the owner of the certificate, such as Common Name (CN), Organizational Unit (OU), Organization (O) and Country (C).

Issuer

This field displays identifying information about the certificate's issuing certification authority, such as Common Name, Organizational Unit, Organization and Country.

Signature Algorithm

With self-signed certificates, this is the same information as in the Sub je c t Na m e field.
This field displays the type of algorithm that was used to sign the certificate. Some certification authorities use rsa-pkcs1-sha1 (RSA public-private key encryption algorithm and the SHA1 hash algorithm). Other certification authorities may use rsa-pkcs1-md5 (RSA public-private key encryption algorithm and the MD5 hash algorithm).

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
185

Chapter 16 Certificates

Table 77 Configuration > Object > Certificate > Trusted Certificates > Edit (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Valid From

This field displays the date that the certificate becomes applicable. The text displays in red and includes a Not Yet Valid! message if the certificate has not yet become applicable.

Valid To

This field displays the date that the certificate expires. The text displays in red and includes an Expiring! or Expired! message if the certificate is about to expire or has already expired.

Key Algorithm

This field displays the type of algorithm that was used to generate the certificate's key pair (the Zyxel Device uses RSA encryption) and the length of the key set in bits (1024 bits for example).

Subject Alternative Name

This field displays the certificate's owner`s IP address (IP), domain name (DNS) or e-mail address (EMAIL).

Key Usage

Basic Constraint

MD5 Fingerprint

This is the certificate's message digest that the Zyxel Device calculated using the MD5 algorithm. You can use this value to verify with the certification authority (over the phone for example) that this is actually their certificate.

SHA1 Fingerprint

This is the certificate's message digest that the Zyxel Device calculated using the SHA1 algorithm. You can use this value to verify with the certification authority (over the phone for example) that this is actually their certificate.

Certificate

Export Certificate
OK Cancel

You can copy and paste the certificate into an e-mail to send to friends or colleagues or you can copy and paste the certificate into a text editor and save the file on a management computer for later distribution (via floppy disk for example).
Click this button and then Sa ve in the File Do wnlo a d screen. The Sa ve As screen opens, browse to the location that you want to use and click Sa ve .
Click O K to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device. You can only change the name.
Click C a nc e l to quit and return to the Truste d C e rtific a te s screen.

16.3.2 Im po rt Truste d C e rtific a te s
Click C o nfig ura tio n > O b je c t > C e rtific a te > Truste d C e rtific a te s > Im po rt to open the Im po rt Truste d C e rtific a te s screen. Follow the instructions in this screen to save a trusted certificate to the Zyxel Device.
Note: You must remove any spaces from the certificate's filename before you can import the certificate.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
186

Chapter 16 Certificates Fig ure 109 Configuration > Object > Certificate > Trusted Certificates > Import

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 78 Configuration > Object > Certificate > Trusted Certificates > Import

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

File Path

Type in the location of the file you want to upload in this field or click Bro wse to find it.

Browse OK Cancel

You cannot import a certificate with the same name as a certificate that is already in the Zyxel Device. Click Bro wse to find the certificate file you want to upload. Click O K to save the certificate on the Zyxel Device. Click C a nc e l to quit and return to the previous screen.

16.4 Te c hnic a l Re fe re nc e
The following section contains additional technical information about the features described in this chapter.
O C SP
OCSP (Online Certificate Status Protocol) allows an application or device to check whether a certificate is valid. With OCSP the Zyxel Device checks the status of individual certificates instead of downloading a Certificate Revocation List (CRL). OCSP has two main advantages over a CRL. The first is real-time status information. The second is a reduction in network traffic since the Zyxel Device only gets information on the certificates that it needs to verify, not a huge list. When the Zyxel Device requests certificate status information, the OCSP server returns a "expired", "current" or "unknown" response.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
187

C HA PTER 1 7 Syste m
17.1 O ve rvie w
Use the system screens to configure general Zyxel Device settings.
17.1.1 Wha t Yo u C a n Do in this C ha pte r
· The Ho st Na me screen (Section 17.2 on page 188) configures a unique name for the Zyxel Device in your network.
· The Po we r Mo de screen (Section 17.3 on page 189) configures the Zyxel Device's power settings. · The Da te / Tim e screen (Section 17.4 on page 190) configures the date and time for the Zyxel Device. · The WWW screens (Section 17.5 on page 193) configure settings for HTTP or HTTPS access to the Zyxel
Device. · The SSH screen (Section 17.6 on page 201) configures SSH (Secure SHell) for securely accessing the
Zyxel Device's command line interface. · The Te lne t screen (Section 17.7 on page 205) configures Telnet for accessing the Zyxel Device's
command line interface. · The FTP screen (Section 17.8 on page 206) specifies FTP server settings. You can upload and
download the Zyxel Device's firmware and configuration files using FTP. Please also see Chapter 19 on page 223 for more information about firmware and configuration files. · The SNMP screens (Section 17.9 on page 207) configure the Zyxel Device's SNMP settings, including profiles that define allowed SNMPv3 access.
17.2 Ho st Na m e
A host name is the unique name by which a device is known on a network. Click C o nfig ura tio n > Syste m > Ho st Na m e to open this screen. Fig ure 110 Configuration > System > Host Name
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
188

Chapter 17 System

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 79 Configuration > System > Host Name

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

System Name

Choose a descriptive name to identify your Zyxel Device device. This name can be up to 64 alphanumeric characters long. Spaces are not allowed, but dashes (-) underscores (_) and periods (.) are accepted.

System Location

Specify the name of the place where the Zyxel Device is located. You can enter up to 60 alphanumeric and '()' ,:;?! +-*/= #$%@ characters. Spaces and underscores are allowed. The name should start with a letter.

Domain Name

Enter the domain name (if you know it) here. This name is propagated to DHCP clients connected to interfaces with the DHCP server enabled. This name can be up to 254 alphanumeric characters long. Spaces are not allowed, but dashes "-" are accepted.

Apply

Click Apply to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device.

Reset

Click Re se t to return the screen to its last-saved settings.

17.3 Po we r Mo de
Use this screen to configure the Zyxel Device's power settings. Click C o nfig ura tio n > Syste m > Po we r Mo de to open this screen.
Fig ure 111 Configuration > System > Power Mode

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 80 Configuration > System > Power Mode

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Force override Select this check box if you are using a PoE injector that does not support PoE negotiation.

the power mode Otherwise, the Zyxel Device cannot draw full power from the power sourcing equipment.

to full power

Enable this power mode to improve the Zyxel Device's performance in this situation.

Note: Ensure that the power sourcing equipment can supply enough power to the AP to avoid abnormal system reboots.

Apply Reset

Note: Only enable this if you are using a passive PoE injector that is not IEEE 802.3at/bt compliant but can still provide full power.
Click Apply to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device.
Click Re se t to return the screen to its last-saved settings.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
189

Chapter 17 System
17.4 Da te a nd Tim e
For effective scheduling and logging, the Zyxel Device system time must be accurate. The Zyxel Device has a software mechanism to set the time manually or get the current time and date from an external server.
To change your Zyxel Device's time based on your local time zone and date, click C o nfig ura tio n > Syste m > Da te / Tim e . The screen displays as shown. You can manually set the Zyxel Device's time and date or have the Zyxel Device get the date and time from a time server.
Fig ure 112 Configuration > System > Date/Time

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 81 Configuration > System > Date/Time

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Current Time and Date

Current Time

This field displays the present time of your Zyxel Device.

Current Date

This field displays the present date of your Zyxel Device.

Time and Date Setup

Manual

Select this radio button to enter the time and date manually. If you configure a new time and date, time zone and daylight saving at the same time, the time zone and daylight saving will affect the new time and date you entered. When you enter the time settings manually, the Zyxel Device uses the new setting once you click Apply.

New Time (hh:mm:ss)

This field displays the last updated time from the time server or the last time configured manually. When you set Tim e a nd Da te Se tup to Ma nua l, enter the new time in this field and then click A p p ly .

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
190

Chapter 17 System

Table 81 Configuration > System > Date/Time (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

New Date (yyyy-mm-dd)

This field displays the last updated date from the time server or the last date configured manually. When you set Tim e a nd Da te Se tup to Ma nua l, enter the new date in this field and then click A p p ly .

Get from Time Server

Select this radio button to have the Zyxel Device get the time and date from the time server you specify below. The Zyxel Device requests time and date settings from the time server under the following circumstances.

Time Server Address
Sync. Now
Time Zone Setup Time Zone
Enable Daylight Saving

· When the Zyxel Device starts up. · When you click Apply or Sync . No w in this screen. · 24-hour intervals after starting up.
Enter the IP address or URL of your time server. Check with your ISP/network administrator if you are unsure of this information.
Click this button to have the Zyxel Device get the time and date from a time server (see the Tim e Se rve r Addre ss field). This also saves your changes (except the daylight saving settings).
Choose the time zone of your location. This will set the time difference between your time zone and Greenwich Mean Time (GMT).
Daylight saving is a period from late spring to fall when many countries set their clocks ahead of normal local time by one hour to give more daytime light in the evening.

Start Date

Select this option if you use Daylight Saving Time.
Configure the day and time when Daylight Saving Time starts if you selected Ena b le Da ylig ht Sa ving . The a t field uses the 24 hour format. Here are a couple of examples:

Daylight Saving Time starts in most parts of the United States on the second Sunday of March. Each time zone in the United States starts using Daylight Saving Time at 2 A.M. local time. So in the United States you would select Se c o nd, Sunda y, Ma rc h and type 2 in the a t field.

End Date

Daylight Saving Time starts in the European Union on the last Sunday of March. All of the time zones in the European Union start using Daylight Saving Time at the same moment (1 A.M. GMT or UTC). So in the European Union you would select La st, Sunda y, Ma rc h. The time you type in the a t field depends on your time zone. In Germany for instance, you would type 2 because Germany's time zone is one hour ahead of GMT or UTC (GMT+1).
Configure the day and time when Daylight Saving Time ends if you selected Ena b le Da ylig ht Sa ving . The a t field uses the 24 hour format. Here are a couple of examples:

Daylight Saving Time ends in the United States on the first Sunday of November. Each time zone in the United States stops using Daylight Saving Time at 2 A.M. local time. So in the United States you would select First, Sunda y, No ve m b e r and type 2 in the a t field.

Offset

Daylight Saving Time ends in the European Union on the last Sunday of October. All of the time zones in the European Union stop using Daylight Saving Time at the same moment (1 A.M. GMT or UTC). So in the European Union you would select La st, Sunda y, O c to b e r. The time you type in the a t field depends on your time zone. In Germany for instance, you would type 2 because Germany's time zone is one hour ahead of GMT or UTC (GMT+1).
Specify how much the clock changes when daylight saving begins and ends.

Enter a number from 1 to 5.5 (by 0.5 increments).

Apply Reset

For example, if you set this field to 3.5, a log occurred at 6 P.M. in local official time will appear as if it had occurred at 10:30 P.M.
Click Apply to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device.
Click Re se t to return the screen to its last-saved settings.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
191

Chapter 17 System
17.4.1 Pre - de fine d NTP Tim e Se rve rs List
When you turn on the Zyxel Device for the first time, the date and time start at 2003-01-01 00:00:00. The Zyxel Device then attempts to synchronize with one of the following pre-defined list of Network Time Protocol (NTP) time servers. The Zyxel Device continues to use the following pre-defined list of NTP time servers if you do not specify a time server or it cannot synchronize with the time server you specified. Table 82 Default Time Servers
0.pool.ntp.org 1.pool.ntp.org 2.pool.ntp.org
When the Zyxel Device uses the pre-defined list of NTP time servers, it randomly selects one server and tries to synchronize with it. If the synchronization fails, then the Zyxel Device goes through the rest of the list in order from the first one tried until either it is successful or all the pre-defined NTP time servers have been tried.
17.4.2 Tim e Se rve r Sync hro niza tio n
Click the Sync . No w button to get the time and date from the time server you specified in the Tim e Se rve r Addre ss field. When the Lo a ding message appears, you may have to wait up to one minute. Fig ure 113 Loading
The C urre nt Tim e and C urre nt Da te fields will display the appropriate settings if the synchronization is successful. If the synchronization was not successful, a log displays in the Vie w Lo g screen. Try re-configuring the Da te / Tim e screen. To manually set the Zyxel Device date and time:
1 Click Syste m > Da te / Tim e . 2 Select Ma nua l under Tim e a nd Da te Se tup. 3 Enter the Zyxel Device's time in the Ne w Tim e field. 4 Enter the Zyxel Device's date in the Ne w Da te field. 5 Under Tim e Zo ne Se tup, select your Tim e Zo ne from the list. 6 As an option you can select the Ena b le Da ylig ht Sa ving check box to adjust the Zyxel Device clock for
daylight savings. 7 Click Apply.
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
192

Chapter 17 System To get the Zyxel Device date and time from a time server: 1 Click Syste m > Da te / Tim e . 2 Select G e t fro m Tim e Se rve r under Tim e a nd Da te Se tup. 3 Under Tim e Zo ne Se tup, select your Tim e Zo ne from the list. 4 Under Tim e a nd Da te Se tup, enter a Tim e Se rve r Addre ss. 5 Click Apply.
17.5 WWW O ve rvie w
The following figure shows secure and insecure management of the Zyxel Device coming in from the WAN. HTTPS and SSH access are secure. HTTP, Telnet, and FTP management access are not secure. Fig ure 114 Secure and Insecure Service Access From the WAN
17.5.1 Se rvic e Ac c e ss Lim ita tio ns
A service cannot be used to access the Zyxel Device when you have disabled that service in the corresponding screen.
17.5.2 Syste m Tim e o ut
There is a lease timeout for administrators. The Zyxel Device automatically logs you out if the management session remains idle for longer than this timeout period. The management session does not time out when a statistics screen is polling. Each user is also forced to log in the Zyxel Device for authentication again when the reauthentication time expires. You can change the timeout settings in the Use r screens.
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
193

Chapter 17 System
17.5.3 HTTPS
You can set the Zyxel Device to use HTTP or HTTPS (HTTPS adds security) for Web Configurator sessions. HTTPS (HyperText Transfer Protocol over Secure Socket Layer, or HTTP over SSL) is a web protocol that encrypts and decrypts web pages. Secure Socket Layer (SSL) is an application-level protocol that enables secure transactions of data by ensuring confidentiality (an unauthorized party cannot read the transferred data), authentication (one party can identify the other party) and data integrity (you know if data has been changed). It relies upon certificates, public keys, and private keys (see Chapter 16 on page 172 for more information). HTTPS on the Zyxel Device is used so that you can securely access the Zyxel Device using the Web Configurator. The SSL protocol specifies that the HTTPS server (the Zyxel Device) must always authenticate itself to the HTTPS client (the computer which requests the HTTPS connection with the Zyxel Device), whereas the HTTPS client only should authenticate itself when the HTTPS server requires it to do so (select Authe ntic a te C lie nt C e rtific a te s in the WWW screen). Authe ntic a te C lie nt C e rtific a te s is optional and if selected means the HTTPS client must send the Zyxel Device a certificate. You must apply for a certificate for the browser from a CA that is a trusted CA on the Zyxel Device. Please refer to the following figure.
1 HTTPS connection requests from an SSL-aware web browser go to port 443 (by default) on the Zyxel Device's web server.
2 HTTP connection requests from a web browser go to port 80 (by default) on the Zyxel Device's web server. Fig ure 115 HTTP/HTTPS Implementation
Note: If you disable HTTP in the WWW screen, then the Zyxel Device blocks all HTTP connection attempts.
17.5.4 C o nfig uring WWW Se rvic e C o ntro l
Click C o nfig ura tio n > Syste m > WWW to open the WWW screen. Use this screen to specify HTTP or HTTPS settings.
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
194

Chapter 17 System Fig ure 116 Configuration > System > WWW > Service Control

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 83 Configuration > System > WWW > Service Control

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

HTTPS

Enable

Select the check box to allow or disallow the computer with the IP address that matches the IP address(es) in the Se rvic e C o ntro l table to access the Zyxel Device Web Configurator using secure HTTPs connections.

Server Port

The HTTPS server listens on port 443 by default. If you change the HTTPS server port to a different number on the Zyxel Device, for example 8443, then you must notify people who need to access the Zyxel Device Web Configurator to use "https://Zyxel Device IP Address:8443" as the URL.

Authenticate Client Certificates

Select Authe ntic a te C lie nt C e rtific a te s (optional) to require the SSL client to authenticate itself to the Zyxel Device by sending the Zyxel Device a certificate. To do that the SSL client must have a CA-signed certificate from a CA that has been imported as a trusted CA on the Zyxel Device.

Server Certificate

Select a certificate the HTTPS server (the Zyxel Device) uses to authenticate itself to the HTTPS client. You must have certificates already configured in the My C e rtific a te s screen.

Redirect HTTP to HTTPS To allow only secure Web Configurator access, select this to redirect all HTTP connection requests to the HTTPS server.

HTTP

Enable

Server Port

You may change the server port number for a service if needed, however you must use the same port number in order to use that service to access the Zyxel Device.

Apply

Click Apply to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device.

Reset

Click Re se t to return the screen to its last-saved settings.

17.5.5 HTTPS Exa m ple
If you have not changed the default HTTPS port on the Zyxel Device, then in your browser enter "https:// Zyxel Device IP Address/" as the web site address where "Zyxel Device IP Address" is the IP address or domain name of the Zyxel Device you wish to access.
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
195

Chapter 17 System
17.5.5.1 G o o g le C hro m e Wa rning Me ssa g e s
When you attempt to access the Zyxel Device HTTPS server, you will see the error message shown in the following screen. Fig ure 117 Security Alert Dialog Box (Google Chrome)
Select Adva nc e d > Pro c e e d to 192.168.1.2 (unsa fe ) to proceed to the Web Configurator login screen.
17.5.5.2 Mo zilla Fire fo x Wa rning Me ssa g e s
When you attempt to access the Zyxel Device HTTPS server, a Warning screen appears as shown in the following screen. Click Le a rn Mo re ... if you want to verify more information about the certificate from the Zyxel Device. Click Adva nc e d > Ac c e pt the Risk a nd C o ntinue .
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
196

Chapter 17 System Fig ure 118 Security Certificate 1 (Firefox)
17.5.5.3 Avo iding Bro wse r Wa rning Me ssa g e s
Here are the main reasons your browser displays warnings about the Zyxel Device's HTTPS server certificate and what you can do to avoid seeing the warnings: · The issuing certificate authority of the Zyxel Device's HTTPS server certificate is not one of the browser's
trusted certificate authorities. The issuing certificate authority of the Zyxel Device's factory default certificate is the Zyxel Device itself since the certificate is a self-signed certificate. · For the browser to trust a self-signed certificate, import the self-signed certificate into your operating system as a trusted certificate. · To have the browser trust the certificates issued by a certificate authority, import the certificate authority's certificate into your operating system as a trusted certificate. Refer to Appendix A on page 265 for details.
17.5.5.4 Enro lling a nd Im po rting SSL C lie nt C e rtific a te s
The SSL client needs a certificate if Authe ntic a te C lie nt C e rtific a te s is selected on the Zyxel Device. You must have imported at least one trusted CA to the Zyxel Device in order for the Authe ntic a te C lie nt C e rtific a te s to be active (see the Certificates chapter for details). Apply for a certificate from a Certification Authority (CA) that is trusted by the Zyxel Device (see the Zyxel Device's Truste d C e rtific a te s Web Configurator screen).
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
197

Chapter 17 System Fig ure 119 Trusted Certificates
The CA sends you a package containing the CA's trusted certificate(s), your personal certificate(s) and a password to install the personal certificate(s).
17.5.5.5 Insta lling a Pe rso na l C e rtific a te
You need a password in advance. The CA may issue the password or you may have to specify it during the enrollment. Double-click the personal certificate given to you by the CA to produce a screen similar to the one shown next. 1 Click Ne xt to begin the wizard.
2 The file name and path of the certificate you double-clicked should automatically appear in the File na m e text box. Click Bro wse if you wish to import a different certificate.
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
198

Chapter 17 System
3 Enter the password given to you by the CA.
4 Have the wizard determine where the certificate should be saved on your computer or select Pla c e a ll c e rtific a te s in the fo llo wing sto re and choose a different location. NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
199

Chapter 17 System
5 Click Finish to complete the wizard and begin the import process.
6 You should see the following screen when the certificate is correctly installed on your computer.
17.5.5.6 Using a C e rtific a te Whe n Ac c e ssing the Zyxe l De vic e
To access the Zyxel Device via HTTPS: NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
200

Chapter 17 System 1 Enter `https://Zyxel Device IP Address/' in your browser's web address field.
2 When Authe ntic a te C lie nt C e rtific a te s is selected on the Zyxel Device, the following screen asks you to select a personal certificate to send to the Zyxel Device. This screen displays even if you only have a single certificate as in the example.
3 You next see the Web Configurator login screen.
17.6 SSH
You can use SSH (Secure SHell) to securely access the Zyxel Device's command line interface. SSH is a secure communication protocol that combines authentication and data encryption to provide secure encrypted communication between two hosts over an unsecured network. In the following figure, computer B on the Internet uses SSH to securely connect to the Zyxel Device (A) for a management session. Fig ure 120 SSH Communication Over the WAN Example
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
201

Chapter 17 System
17.6.1 Ho w SSH Wo rks
The following figure is an example of how a secure connection is established between two remote hosts using SSH v1. Fig ure 121 How SSH v1 Works Example
1 Host Identification The SSH client sends a connection request to the SSH server. The server identifies itself with a host key. The client encrypts a randomly generated session key with the host key and server key and sends the result back to the server. The client automatically saves any new server public keys. In subsequent connections, the server public key is checked against the saved version on the client computer.
2 Encryption Method Once the identification is verified, both the client and server must agree on the type of encryption method to use.
3 Authentication and Data Transmission After the identification is verified and data encryption activated, a secure tunnel is established between the client and the server. The client then sends its authentication information (user name and password) to the server to log in to the server.
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
202

Chapter 17 System
17.6.2 SSH Im ple m e nta tio n o n the Zyxe l De vic e
Your Zyxel Device supports SSH versions 1 and 2 using RSA authentication and four encryption methods (AES, 3DES, Archfour, and Blowfish). The SSH server is implemented on the Zyxel Device for management using port 22 (by default).
17.6.3 Re q uire m e nts fo r Using SSH
You must install an SSH client program on a client computer (Windows or Linux operating system) that is used to connect to the Zyxel Device over SSH.
17.6.4 C o nfig uring SSH
Click C o nfig ura tio n > Syste m > SSH to open the following screen. Use this screen to configure your Zyxel Device's Secure Shell settings.
Note: It is recommended that you disable Telnet and FTP when you configure SSH for secure connections.
Fig ure 122 Configuration > System > SSH

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 84 Configuration > System > SSH

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Enable

Select the check box to allow or disallow the computer with the IP address that matches the IP address(es) in the Se rvic e C o ntro l table to access the Zyxel Device CLI using this service.

Note: The Zyxel Device uses only SSH version 2 protocol.

Version 1

Select the check box to have the Zyxel Device use both SSH version 1 and version 2 protocols. If you clear the check box, the Zyxel Device uses only SSH version 2 protocol.

Server Port

You may change the server port number for a service if needed, however you must use the same port number in order to use that service for remote management.

Server Certificate

Select the certificate whose corresponding private key is to be used to identify the Zyxel Device for SSH connections. You must have certificates already configured in the My C e rtific a te s screen.

Apply

Click Apply to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device.

Reset

Click Re se t to return the screen to its last-saved settings.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
203

Chapter 17 System
17.6.5 Exa m ple s o f Se c ure Te lne t Using SSH
This section shows two examples using a command interface and a graphical interface SSH client program to remotely access the Zyxel Device. The configuration and connection steps are similar for most SSH client programs. Refer to your SSH client program user's guide.
17.6.5.1 Exa m ple 1: Mic ro so ft Windo ws
This section describes how to access the Zyxel Device using the Secure Shell Client program. 1 Launch the SSH client and specify the connection information (IP address, port number) for the Zyxel
Device. 2 Configure the SSH client to accept connection using SSH version 2. 3 A window displays prompting you to store the host key in you computer. Click Ye s to continue.
Fig ure 123 SSH Example 1: Store Host Key
Enter the password to log in to the Zyxel Device. The CLI screen displays next.
17.6.5.2 Exa m ple 2: Linux
This section describes how to access the Zyxel Device using the OpenSSH client program that comes with most Linux distributions. 1 Test whether the SSH service is available on the Zyxel Device.
Enter "telnet 192.168.1.2 22" at a terminal prompt and press [ENTER]. The computer attempts to connect to port 22 on the Zyxel Device (using the default IP address of 192.168.1.2). A message displays indicating the SSH protocol version supported by the Zyxel Device.
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
204

Chapter 17 System
Fig ure 124 SSH Example 2: Test $ telnet 192.168.1.2 22 Trying 192.168.1.2... Connected to 192.168.1.2. Escape character is '^]'. SSH-1.5-1.0.0
2 Enter "ssh 2 192.168.1.2". This command forces your computer to connect to the Zyxel Device using SSH version 1. If this is the first time you are connecting to the Zyxel Device using SSH, a message displays prompting you to save the host information of the Zyxel Device. Type "yes" and press [ENTER]. Then enter the password to log in to the Zyxel Device. Fig ure 125 SSH Example 2: Log in $ ssh 2 192.168.1.2 The authenticity of host '192.168.1.2 (192.168.1.2)' can't be established. RSA1 key fingerprint is 21:6c:07:25:7e:f4:75:80:ec:af:bd:d4:3d:80:53:d1. Are you sure you want to continue connecting (yes/no)? yes Warning: Permanently added '192.168.1.2' (RSA1) to the list of known hosts. Administrator@192.168.1.2's password:
3 The CLI screen displays next.
17.7 Te lne t
You can use Telnet to access the Zyxel Device's command line interface. Click C o nfig ura tio n > Syste m > TELNETto configure your Zyxel Device for remote Telnet access. Use this screen to enable or disable Telnet and set the server port number.
Fig ure 126 Configuration > System > TELNET

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 85 Configuration > System > TELNET

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Enable

Select the check box to allow or disallow the computer with the IP address that matches the IP address(es) in the Se rvic e C o ntro l table to access the Zyxel Device CLI using this service.

Server Port

You may change the server port number for a service if needed, however you must use the same port number in order to use that service for remote management.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
205

Chapter 17 System

Table 85 Configuration > System > TELNET (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Apply

Click Apply to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device.

Reset

Click Re se t to return the screen to its last-saved settings.

17.8 FTP
You can upload and download the Zyxel Device's firmware and configuration files using FTP. To use this feature, your computer must have an FTP client. See Chapter 19 on page 223 for more information about firmware and configuration files.
To change your Zyxel Device's FTP settings, click C o nfig ura tio n > Syste m > FTP tab. The screen appears as shown. Use this screen to specify FTP settings.
Fig ure 127 Configuration > System > FTP

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 86 Configuration > System > FTP

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Enable TLS required

Select the check box to allow or disallow the computer with the IP address that matches the IP address(es) in the Se rvic e C o ntro l table to access the Zyxel Device using this service.
Select the check box to use FTP over TLS (Transport Layer Security) to encrypt communication.

This implements TLS as a security mechanism to secure FTP clients and/or servers.

Server Port

You may change the server port number for a service if needed, however you must use the same port number in order to use that service for remote management.

Server Certificate Select the certificate whose corresponding private key is to be used to identify the Zyxel Device for FTP connections. You must have certificates already configured in the My C e rtific a te s screen.

Apply

Click Apply to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device.

Reset

Click Re se t to return the screen to its last-saved settings.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
206

Chapter 17 System
17.9 SNMP
Simple Network Management Protocol is a protocol used for exchanging management information between network devices. Your Zyxel Device supports SNMP agent functionality, which allows a manager station to manage and monitor the Zyxel Device through the network. The Zyxel Device supports SNMP version one (SNMPv1), version two (SNMPv2c), and version three (SNMPv3). The next figure illustrates an SNMP management operation. Fig ure 128 SNMP Management Model
An SNMP managed network consists of two main types of component: agents and a manager. An agent is a management software module that resides in a managed device (the Zyxel Device). An agent translates the local management information from the managed device into a form compatible with SNMP. The manager is the console through which network administrators perform network management functions. It executes applications that control and monitor managed devices. The managed devices contain object variables/managed objects that define each piece of information to be collected about a device. Examples of variables include such as number of packets received, node port status etc. A Management Information Base (MIB) is a collection of managed objects. SNMP allows a manager and agents to communicate for the purpose of accessing these objects. SNMP itself is a simple request/response protocol based on the manager/agent model. The manager issues a request and the agent returns responses using the following protocol operations: · Get - Allows the manager to retrieve an object variable from the agent. · GetNext - Allows the manager to retrieve the next object variable from a table or list within an agent.
In SNMPv1, when a manager wants to retrieve all elements of a table from an agent, it initiates a Get operation, followed by a series of GetNext operations. · Set - Allows the manager to set values for object variables within an agent.
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
207

Chapter 17 System

· Trap - Used by the agent to inform the manager of some events.

17.9.1 Suppo rte d MIBs
The Zyxel Device supports MIB II that is defined in RFC-1213 and RFC-1215. The Zyxel Device also supports private MIBs (ZYXEL-ES-CAPWAP.MIB, ZYXEL-ES-COMMON.MIB, ZYXEL-ES-ZyXELAPMgmt.MIB, ZYXEL-ESPROWLAN.MIB, ZYXEL-ES-RFMGMT.MIB, ZYXEL-ES-SMI.MIB, and ZYXEL-ES-WIRELESS.MIB) to collect information about CPU and memory usage and VPN total throughput. The focus of the MIBs is to let administrators collect statistical data and monitor status and performance. You can download the Zyxel Device's MIBs from www.zyxel.com.

17.9.2 SNMP Tra ps

The Zyxel Device will send traps to the SNMP manager when any one of the following events occurs.

Table 87 SNMP Traps
O BJEC TLABEL linkDown linkUp authenticationFailure

O BJEC TID 1.3.6.1.6.3.1.1.5.3 1.3.6.1.6.3.1.1.5.4 1.3.6.1.6.3.1.1.5.5

DESC RIPTIO N
This trap is sent when the Ethernet link is down. This trap is sent when the Ethernet link is up. This trap is sent when an SNMP request comes from nonauthenticated hosts.

17.9.3 C o nfig uring SNMP
To change your Zyxel Device's SNMP settings, click C o nfig ura tio n > Syste m > SNMP tab. The screen appears as shown. Use this screen to configure your SNMP settings. You can also configure user profiles that define allowed SNMPv3 access.
Fig ure 129 Configuration > System > SNMP

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
208

Chapter 17 System

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 88 Configuration > System > SNMP

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Enable

Select the check box to allow or disallow users to access the Zyxel Device using SNMP.

Server Port

You may change the server port number for a service if needed, however you must use the same port number in order to use that service for remote management.

Trap

Community

Type the trap community, which is the password sent with each trap to the SNMP manager. The default is public and allows all requests.

Destination

Type the IP address of the station to send your SNMP traps to.

Trap Wireless Event

Select this to have the Zyxel Device send a trap to the SNMP manager when a wireless client is connected to or disconnected from the Zyxel Device.

SNMPv2c

Select this to allow SNMP managers using SNMPv2c to access the Zyxel Device.

Get Community

Enter the G e t C o m m unity, which is the password for the incoming Get and GetNext requests from the management station. The default is public and allows all requests.

Set Community

Enter the Se t c o m m unity, which is the password for incoming Set requests from the management station. The default is private and allows all requests.

SNMPv3

Select this to allow SNMP managers using SNMPv3 to access the Zyxel Device.

Add

Click this to create a new entry. Select an entry and click Add to create a new entry after the selected entry.

Edit

Double-click an entry or select it and click Edit to be able to modify the entry's settings.

Remove

To remove an entry, select it and click Re m o ve . The Zyxel Device confirms you want to remove it before doing so. Note that subsequent entries move up by one when you take this action.

This the index number of an SNMPv3 user profile.

User Name

This is the name of the user for which this SNMPv3 user profile is configured.

Authentication

This field displays the type of authentication the SNMPv3 user must use to connect to the Zyxel Device using this SNMPv3 user profile.

Privacy

This field displays the type of encryption the SNMPv3 user must use to connect to the Zyxel Device using this SNMPv3 user profile.

Privilege

This field displays whether the SNMPv3 user can have read-only or read and write access to the Zyxel Device using this SNMPv3 user profile.

Apply

Click Apply to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device.

Reset

Click Re se t to return the screen to its last-saved settings.

17.9.4 Adding o r Editing a n SNMPv3 Use r Pro file
This screen allows you to add or edit an SNMPv3 user profile. To access this screen, click the C o nfig ura tio n > Syste m > SNMP screen's Add button or select a SNMPv3 user profile from the list and click the Edit button.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
209

Chapter 17 System Fig ure 130 Configuration > System > SNMP > Add

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 89 Configuration > System > SNMP

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

User Name Authentication

Select the user name of the user account for which this SNMPv3 user profile is configured.
Select the type of authentication the SNMPv3 user must use to connect to the Zyxel Device using this SNMPv3 user profile.

Select MD5 to require the SNMPv3 user's password be encrypted by MD5 for authentication.

Privacy

Select SHA to require the SNMPv3 user's password be encrypted by SHA for authentication.
Select the type of encryption the SNMPv3 user must use to connect to the Zyxel Device using this SNMPv3 user profile.

Select NO NE to not encrypt the SNMPv3 communications.

Select DES to use DES to encrypt the SNMPv3 communications.

Privilege
OK Cancel

Select AES to use AES to encrypt the SNMPv3 communications.
Select whether the SNMPv3 user can have read-only or read and write access to the Zyxel Device using this SNMPv3 user profile. Click O K to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device. Click C a nc e l to exit this screen without saving your changes.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
210

C HA PTER 1 8 Lo g a nd Re po rt
18.1 O ve rvie w
Use the system screens to configure daily reporting and log settings.
18.1.1 Wha t Yo u C a n Do In this C ha pte r
· The Em a il Da ily Re po rt screen (Section 18.2 on page 211) configures how and where to send daily reports and what reports to send.
· The Lo g Se tting screens (Section 18.3 on page 213) specify which logs are e-mailed, where they are emailed, and how often they are e-mailed.
18.2 Em a il Da ily Re po rt
Use this screen to start or stop data collection and view various statistics about traffic passing through your Zyxel Device. Note: Data collection may decrease the Zyxel Device's traffic throughput rate. Click C o nfig ura tio n > Lo g & Re po rt > Em a il Da ily Re po rt to display the following screen. Configure this screen to have the Zyxel Device e-mail you system statistics every day.
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
211

Chapter 18 Log and Report Fig ure 131 Configuration > Log & Report > Email Daily Report

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 90 Configuration > Log & Report > Email Daily Report

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Enable Email Daily Report

Select this to send reports by e-mail every day.

Mail Server

Type the name or IP address of the outgoing SMTP server.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
212

Chapter 18 Log and Report

Table 90 Configuration > Log & Report > Email Daily Report (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

SSL/TLS Encryption

Select SSL/ TLS to use Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) or Transport Layer Security (TLS) if you want encrypted communications between the mail server and the Zyxel Device.

Select STARTTLS to upgrade a plain text connection to a secure connection using SSL/TLS.

Mail Server Port Mail Subject
Mail From
Mail To SMTP Authentication User Name
Password
Send Report Now Time for sending report Report Items
Reset All Counters Apply Reset

Select No to not encrypt the communications. Enter the same port number here as is on the mail server for mail traffic. Type the subject line for the outgoing e-mail. Select Appe nd syste m na m e to add the Zyxel Device's system name to the subject. Select Appe nd da te tim e to add the Zyxel Device's system date and time to the subject. Type the e-mail address from which the outgoing e-mail is delivered. This address is used in replies. Type the e-mail address (or addresses) to which the outgoing e-mail is delivered. Select this check box if it is necessary to provide a user name and password to the SMTP server.
This box is effective when you select the SMTP Authe ntic a tio n check box. Type the user name to provide to the SMTP server when the log is e-mailed. This box is effective when you select the SMTP Authe ntic a tio n check box. Type the password to provide to the SMTP server when the log is e-mailed. Click this button to have the Zyxel Device send the daily e-mail report immediately.
Select the time of day (hours and minutes) when the log is e-mailed. Use 24-hour notation.
Select the information to include in the report. Select Re se t c o unte rs a fte r se nding re po rt suc c e ssfully if you only want to see statistics for a 24 hour period. Click this to discard all report data and start all of the counters over at zero.
Click Apply to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device. Click Re se t to return the screen to its last-saved settings.

18.3 Lo g Se tting
These screens control log messages and alerts. A log message stores the information for viewing (for example, in the Mo nito r > Vie w Lo g screen) or regular e-mailing later, and an alert is e-mailed immediately. Usually, alerts are used for events that require more serious attention, such as system errors and attacks.
The Zyxel Device provides a system log and supports e-mail profiles and remote syslog servers. The system log is available on the Vie w Lo g screen, the e-mail profiles are used to mail log messages to the specified destinations, and the other four logs are stored on specified syslog servers.
The Lo g Se tting tab also controls what information is saved in each log. For the system log, you can also specify which log messages are e-mailed, where they are e-mailed, and how often they are e-mailed.
For alerts, the Lo g Se tting screen controls which events generate alerts and where alerts are e-mailed.
The Lo g Se tting screen provides a summary of all the settings. You can use the Edit Lo g Se tting screen to maintain the detailed settings (such as log categories, e-mail addresses, server names, etc.) for any log. Alternatively, if you want to edit what events is included in each log, you can also use the Ac tive Lo g
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
213

Chapter 18 Log and Report
Summ a ry screen to edit this information for all logs at the same time.
18.3.1 Lo g Se tting Sc re e n
To access this screen, click C o nfig ura tio n > Lo g & Re po rt > Lo g Se tting . Fig ure 132 Configuration > Log & Report > Log Setting

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 91 Configuration > Log & Report > Log Setting

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Edit

Double-click an entry or select it and click Edit to open a screen where you can modify the

entry's settings.

Activate

To turn on an entry, select it and click Ac tiva te .

Inactivate

To turn off an entry, select it and click Ina c tiva te .

This field is a sequential value, and it is not associated with a specific log.

Status

This field shows whether the log is active or not.

Name

This field displays the name of the log (system log or one of the remote servers).

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
214

Chapter 18 Log and Report

Table 91 Configuration > Log & Report > Log Setting (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Log Format

This field displays the format of the log.

Inte rna l - system log; you can view the log on the Vie w Lo g tab.

VRPT/ Syslo g - Zyxel's Vantage Report, syslog-compatible format.

Summary
Active Log Summary
Apply

C EF/ Syslo g - Common Event Format, syslog-compatible format. This field is a summary of the settings for each log. Click this button to open the Ac tive Lo g Sum m a ry screen.
Click this button to save your changes (activate and deactivate logs) and make them take effect.

18.3.2 Edit Syste m Lo g Se tting s
This screen controls the detailed settings for each log in the system log (which includes the e-mail profiles). Select a system log entry in the Lo g Se tting screen and click the Edit icon.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
215

Chapter 18 Log and Report Fig ure 133 Configuration > Log & Report > Log Setting > Edit System Log Setting
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
216

Chapter 18 Log and Report

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 92 Configuration > Log & Report > Log Setting > Edit System Log Setting

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

E-Mail Server 1/2 Active
Mail Server SSL/TLS Encryption

Select this to send log messages and alerts according to the information in this section. You specify what kinds of log messages are included in log information and what kinds of log messages are included in alerts in the Ac tive Lo g a nd Ale rt section.
Type the name or IP address of the outgoing SMTP server.
Select SSL/ TLS to use Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) or Transport Layer Security (TLS) if you want encrypted communications between the mail server and the Zyxel Device.

Select STARTTLS to upgrade a plain text connection to a secure connection using SSL/TLS.

Select No to not encrypt the communications.

Mail Server Port

Enter the same port number here as is on the mail server for mail traffic.

Mail Subject

Type the subject line for the outgoing e-mail. Select Appe nd syste m na m e to add the Zyxel Device's system name to the subject. Select Appe nd da te tim e to add the Zyxel Device's system date and time to the subject.

Send From

Type the e-mail address from which the outgoing e-mail is delivered. This address is used in replies.

Send Log To

Type the e-mail address to which the outgoing e-mail is delivered.

Send Alerts To

Type the e-mail address to which alerts are delivered.

Sending Log

Select how often log information is e-mailed. Choices are: Whe n Full, Ho urly a nd Whe n Full, Da ily a nd Whe n Full, and We e kly a nd Whe n Full.

Day for Sending Log This field is available if the log is e-mailed weekly. Select the day of the week the log is emailed.

Time for Sending Log

This field is available if the log is e-mailed weekly or daily. Select the time of day (hours and minutes) when the log is e-mailed. Use 24-hour notation.

SMTP Authentication

Select this check box if it is necessary to provide a user name and password to the SMTP server.

User Name

This box is effective when you select the SMTP Authe ntic a tio n check box. Type the user name to provide to the SMTP server when the log is e-mailed.

Password

This box is effective when you select the SMTP Authe ntic a tio n check box. Type the password to provide to the SMTP server when the log is e-mailed.

Active Log and Alert

System log

Use the Syste m Lo g drop-down list to change the log settings for all of the log categories.

disa b le a ll lo g s (red X) - do not log any information for any category for the system log or e-mail any logs to e-mail server 1 or 2.

e na b le no rm a l lo g s (green check mark) - create log messages and alerts for all categories for the system log. If e-mail server 1 or 2 also has normal logs enabled, the Zyxel Device will e-mail logs to them.

e na b le no rm a l lo g s a nd de b ug lo g s (yellow check mark) - create log messages, alerts, and debugging information for all categories. The Zyxel Device does not e-mail debugging information, even if this setting is selected.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
217

Chapter 18 Log and Report

Table 92 Configuration > Log & Report > Log Setting > Edit System Log Setting (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

E-mail Server 1

Use the E- Ma il Se rve r 1 drop-down list to change the settings for e-mailing logs to e-mail server 1 for all log categories.

Using the Syste m Lo g drop-down list to disable all logs overrides your e-mail server 1 settings.

e na b le no rm a l lo g s (green check mark) - e-mail log messages for all categories to e-mail server 1.

E-mail Server 2

e na b le a le rt lo g s (red exclamation point) - e-mail alerts for all categories to e-mail server 1.
Use the E- Ma il Se rve r 2 drop-down list to change the settings for e-mailing logs to e-mail server 2 for all log categories.

Using the Syste m Lo g drop-down list to disable all logs overrides your e-mail server 2 settings.

e na b le no rm a l lo g s (green check mark) - e-mail log messages for all categories to e-mail server 2.

# Log Category
System log

e na b le a le rt lo g s (red exclamation point) - e-mail alerts for all categories to e-mail server 2.
This field is a sequential value, and it is not associated with a specific address.
This field displays each category of messages. It is the same value used in the Displa y and C a te g o ry fields in the Vie w Lo g tab. The De fa ult category includes debugging messages generated by open source software.
Select which events you want to log by Lo g C a te g o ry. There are three choices:

disa b le a ll lo g s (red X) - do not log any information from this category

e na b le no rm a l lo g s (green check mark) - create log messages and alerts from this category

E-mail Server 1
E-mail Server 2
Log Consolidation Active
Log Consolidation Interval OK Cancel

e na b le no rm a l lo g s a nd de b ug lo g s (yellow check mark) - create log messages, alerts, and debugging information from this category; the Zyxel Device does not e-mail debugging information, however, even if this setting is selected.
Select whether each category of events should be included in the log messages when it is e-mailed (green check mark) and/or in alerts (red exclamation point) for the e-mail settings specified in E- Ma il Se rve r 1. The Zyxel Device does not e-mail debugging information, even if it is recorded in the Syste m lo g .
Select whether each category of events should be included in log messages when it is emailed (green check mark) and/or in alerts (red exclamation point) for the e-mail settings specified in E- Ma il Se rve r 2. The Zyxel Device does not e-mail debugging information, even if it is recorded in the Syste m lo g .
Select this to activate log consolidation. Log consolidation aggregates multiple log messages that arrive within the specified Lo g C o nso lida tio n Inte rva l. In the Vie w Lo g tab, the text "[count=x]", where x is the number of original log messages, is appended at the end of the Me ssa g e field, when multiple log messages were aggregated.
Type how often, in seconds, to consolidate log information. If the same log message appears multiple times, it is aggregated into one log message with the text "[count=x]", where x is the number of original log messages, appended at the end of the Me ssa g e field.
Click this to save your changes and return to the previous screen.
Click this to return to the previous screen without saving your changes.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
218

Chapter 18 Log and Report
18.3.3 Edit Re m o te Se rve r
This screen controls the settings for each log in the remote server (syslog). Select a remote server entry in the Lo g Se tting screen and click the Edit icon. Fig ure 134 Configuration > Log & Report > Log Setting > Edit Remote Server
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
219

Chapter 18 Log and Report

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 93 Configuration > Log & Report > Log Setting > Edit Remote Server

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Log Settings for Remote Server

Active

Select this check box to send log information according to the information in this section. You specify what kinds of messages are included in log information in the Ac tive Lo g section.

Log Format This field displays the format of the log information. It is read-only.

VRPT/ Syslo g - Zyxel's Vantage Report, syslog-compatible format.

Server Address Log Facility
Active Log Selection

C EF/ Syslo g - Common Event Format, syslog-compatible format. Type the server name or the IP address of the syslog server to which to send log information.
Select a log facility. The log facility allows you to log the messages to different files in the syslog server. Please see the documentation for your syslog program for more information.
Use the Se le c tio n drop-down list to change the log settings for all of the log categories.

disa b le a ll lo g s (red X) - do not send the remote server logs for any log category.

e na b le no rm a l lo g s (green check mark) - send the remote server log messages and alerts for all log categories.

e na b le no rm a l lo g s a nd de b ug lo g s (yellow check mark) - send the remote server log messages, alerts, and debugging information for all log categories.

This field is a sequential value, and it is not associated with a specific address.

Log Category This field displays each category of messages. It is the same value used in the Displa y and C a te g o ry fields in the Vie w Lo g tab. The De fa ult category includes debugging messages generated by open source software.

Selection

Select what information you want to log from each Lo g C a te g o ry (except All Lo g s; see below). Choices are:

disa b le a ll lo g s (red X) - do not log any information from this category

e na b le no rm a l lo g s (green checkmark) - log regular information and alerts from this category

OK Cancel

e na b le no rm a l lo g s a nd de b ug lo g s (yellow check mark) - log regular information, alerts, and debugging information from this category
Click this to save your changes and return to the previous screen.
Click this to return to the previous screen without saving your changes.

18.3.4 Ac tive Lo g Sum m a ry
This screen allows you to view and to edit what information is included in the system log, e-mail profiles, and remote servers at the same time. It does not let you change other log settings (for example, where and how often log information is e-mailed or remote server names). To access this screen, go to the Lo g Se tting screen, and click the Ac tive Lo g Sum m a ry button.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
220

Chapter 18 Log and Report Fig ure 135 Active Log Summary

This screen provides a different view and a different way of indicating which messages are included in each log and each alert. (The De fa ult category includes debugging messages generated by open source software.)

The following table describes the fields in this screen.

Table 94 Configuration > Log & Report > Log Setting > Active Log Summary

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Active Log Summary
System log

If the Zyxel Device is set to controller mode, the AC section controls logs generated by the controller and the AP section controls logs generated by the managed APs.
Use the Syste m Lo g drop-down list to change the log settings for all of the log categories.

disa b le a ll lo g s (red X) - do not log any information for any category for the system log or e-mail any logs to e-mail server 1 or 2.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
221

Chapter 18 Log and Report

Table 94 Configuration > Log & Report > Log Setting > Active Log Summary (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

E-mail Server 1

Use the E- Ma il Se rve r 1 drop-down list to change the settings for e-mailing logs to e-mail server 1 for all log categories.

Using the Syste m Lo g drop-down list to disable all logs overrides your e-mail server 1 settings.

e na b le no rm a l lo g s (green check mark) - e-mail log messages for all categories to e-mail server 1.

E-mail Server 2

Using the Syste m Lo g drop-down list to disable all logs overrides your e-mail server 2 settings.

e na b le no rm a l lo g s (green check mark) - e-mail log messages for all categories to e-mail server 2.

Remote Server 1~4

e na b le a le rt lo g s (red exclamation point) - e-mail alerts for all categories to e-mail server 2.
For each remote server, use the Se le c tio n drop-down list to change the log settings for all of the log categories.

disa b le a ll lo g s (red X) - do not send the remote server logs for any log category.

e na b le no rm a l lo g s (green check mark) - send the remote server log messages and alerts for all log categories.

# Log Category
System log

e na b le no rm a l lo g s a nd de b ug lo g s (yellow check mark) - send the remote server log messages, alerts, and debugging information for all log categories.
This field is a sequential value, and it is not associated with a specific address.
This field displays each category of messages. It is the same value used in the Displa y and C a te g o ry fields in the Vie w Lo g tab. The De fa ult category includes debugging messages generated by open source software.
Select which events you want to log by Lo g C a te g o ry. There are three choices:

disa b le a ll lo g s (red X) - do not log any information from this category

e na b le no rm a l lo g s (green checkmark) - create log messages and alerts from this category

E-mail Server 1 Email
E-mail Server 2 Email
Remote Server 1~4 Syslog

disa b le a ll lo g s (red X) - do not log any information from this category

e na b le no rm a l lo g s (green checkmark) - log regular information and alerts from this category

OK Cancel

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
222

C HA PTER 1 9 File Ma na g e r
19.1 O ve rvie w
Configuration files define the Zyxel Device's settings. Shell scripts are files of commands that you can store on the Zyxel Device and run when you need them. You can apply a configuration file or run a shell script without the Zyxel Device restarting. You can store multiple configuration files and shell script files on the Zyxel Device. You can edit configuration files or shell scripts in a text editor and upload them to the Zyxel Device. Configuration files use a .conf extension and shell scripts use a .zysh extension.
19.1.1 Wha t Yo u C a n Do in this C ha pte r
· The C o nfig ura tio n File screen (Section 19.2 on page 224) stores and names configuration files. You can also download and upload configuration files.
· The Firm wa re Pa c ka g e screen (Section 19.3 on page 229) checks your current firmware version and uploads firmware to the Zyxel Device.
· The She ll Sc ript screen (Section 19.4 on page 231) stores, names, downloads, uploads and runs shell script files.
19.1.2 Wha t yo u Ne e d to Kno w
The following terms and concepts may help as you read this chapter.
C o nfig ura tio n File s a nd She ll Sc ripts
When you apply a configuration file, the Zyxel Device uses the factory default settings for any features that the configuration file does not include. When you run a shell script, the Zyxel Device only applies the commands that it contains. Other settings do not change.
These files have the same syntax, which is also identical to the way you run CLI commands manually. An example is shown below. Fig ure 136 Configuration File / Shell Script: Example # enter configuration mode configure terminal # change administrator password username admin password 4321 user-type admin #configure default radio profile, change 2GHz channel to 11 & Tx output power # to 50% wlan-radio-profile default 2g-channel 11 output-power 50% exit write
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
223

Chapter 19 File Manager

While configuration files and shell scripts have the same syntax, the Zyxel Device applies configuration files differently than it runs shell scripts. This is explained below.

Table 95 Configuration Files and Shell Scripts in the Zyxel Device

Configuration Files (.conf)

Shell Scripts (.zysh)

· Resets to default configuration. · Goes into CLI C o nfig ura tio n mode. · Runs the commands in the configuration file.

· Goes into CLI Privile g e mode. · Runs the commands in the shell script.

You have to run the aforementioned example as a shell script because the first command is run in Privile g e mode. If you remove the first command, you have to run the example as a configuration file because the rest of the commands are executed in C o nfig ura tio n mode.

C o m m e nts in C o nfig ura tio n File s o r She ll Sc ripts
In a configuration file or shell script, use "#" or "!" as the first character of a command line to have the Zyxel Device treat the line as a comment.
Your configuration files or shell scripts can use "exit" or a command line consisting of a single "!" to have the Zyxel Device exit sub command mode.
Note: "exit" or "!'" must follow sub commands if it is to make the Zyxel Device exit sub command mode.
In the following example lines 1 and 2 are comments. Line 7 exits sub command mode.

! this is from Joe # on 2010/12/05 wlan-ssid-profile default ssid Joe-AP qos wmm security default !

Erro rs in C o nfig ura tio n File s o r She ll Sc ripts
When you apply a configuration file or run a shell script, the Zyxel Device processes the file line-by-line. The Zyxel Device checks the first line and applies the line if no errors are detected. Then it continues with the next line. If the Zyxel Device finds an error, it stops applying the configuration file or shell script and generates a log.
You can change the way a configuration file or shell script is applied. Include setenv stop-on-error off in the configuration file or shell script. The Zyxel Device ignores any errors in the configuration file or shell script and applies all of the valid commands. The Zyxel Device still generates a log for any errors.

19.2 C o nfig ura tio n File
Click Ma inte na nc e > File Ma na g e r > C o nfig ura tio n File to open this screen. Use the C o nfig ura tio n File screen to store, run, and name configuration files. You can also download configuration files from the Zyxel Device to your computer and upload configuration files from your computer to the Zyxel Device.
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
224

Chapter 19 File Manager Once your Zyxel Device is configured and functioning properly, it is highly recommended that you back up your configuration file before making further configuration changes. The backup configuration file will be useful in case you need to return to your previous settings.
C o nfig ura tio n File Flo w a t Re sta rt
· If there is not a sta rtup- c o nfig .c o nf when you restart the Zyxel Device (whether through a management interface or by physically turning the power off and back on), the Zyxel Device uses the syste m - de fa ult.c o nf configuration file with the Zyxel Device's default settings.
· If there is a sta rtup- c o nfig .c o nf, the Zyxel Device checks it for errors and applies it. If there are no errors, the Zyxel Device uses it and copies it to the la stg o o d.c o nf configuration file as a back up file. If there is an error, the Zyxel Device generates a log and copies the sta rtup- c o nfig .c o nf configuration file to the sta rtup- c o nfig - b a d.c o nf configuration file and tries the existing la stg o o d.c o nf configuration file. If there isn't a la stg o o d.c o nf configuration file or it also has an error, the Zyxel Device applies the syste m - de fa ult.c o nf configuration file.
· You can change the way the sta rtup- c o nfig .c o nf file is applied. Include the setenv-startup stopon-error off command. The Zyxel Device ignores any errors in the sta rtup- c o nfig .c o nf file and applies all of the valid commands. The Zyxel Device still generates a log for any errors.
Fig ure 137 Maintenance > File Manager > Configuration File
Do no t turn o ff the Zyxe l De vic e while c o nfig ura tio n file uplo a d is in pro g re ss.
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
225

Chapter 19 File Manager

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 96 Maintenance > File Manager > Configuration File

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Rename

Use this button to change the label of a configuration file on the Zyxel Device. You can only rename manually saved configuration files. You cannot rename the la stg o o d.c o nf, syste m de fa ult.c o nf and sta rtup- c o nfig .c o nf files.

You cannot rename a configuration file to the name of another configuration file in the Zyxel Device.

Click a configuration file's row to select it and click Re na m e to open the Re na m e File screen.

Remove
Download Copy

Specify the new name for the configuration file. Use up to 25 characters (including a-zA-Z09;`~!@#$%^&()_+[]{}',.=-).
Click O K to save the duplicate or click C a nc e l to close the screen without saving a duplicate of the configuration file.
Click a configuration file's row to select it and click Re m o ve to delete it from the Zyxel Device. You can only delete manually saved configuration files. You cannot delete the syste m de fa ult.c o nf, sta rtup- c o nfig .c o nf and la stg o o d.c o nf files.
A pop-up window asks you to confirm that you want to delete the configuration file. Click O K to delete the configuration file or click C a nc e l to close the screen without deleting the configuration file.
Click a configuration file's row to select it and click Do wnlo a d to save the configuration to your computer.
Use this button to save a duplicate of a configuration file on the Zyxel Device.
Click a configuration file's row to select it and click C o py to open the C o py File screen.

Specify a name for the duplicate configuration file. Use up to 25 characters (including a-zA-Z09;`~!@#$%^&()_+[]{}',.=-).
Click O K to save the duplicate or click C a nc e l to close the screen without saving a duplicate of the configuration file.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
226

Chapter 19 File Manager

Table 96 Maintenance > File Manager > Configuration File (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Apply

Use this button to have the Zyxel Device use a specific configuration file.

Click a configuration file's row to select it and click Apply to have the Zyxel Device use that configuration file. The Zyxel Device does not have to restart in order to use a different configuration file, although you will need to wait for a few minutes while the system reconfigures.

The following screen gives you options for what the Zyxel Device is to do if it encounters an error in the configuration file.

# File Name
Size

Im m e dia te ly sto p a pplying the c o nfig ura tio n file - this is not recommended because it would leave the rest of the configuration blank. If the interfaces were not configured before the first error, the console port may be the only way to access the Zyxel Device.
Im m e dia te ly sto p a pplying the c o nfig ura tio n file a nd ro ll b a c k to the pre vio us c o nfig ura tio n this gets the Zyxel Device started with a fully valid configuration file as quickly as possible.
Ig no re e rro rs a nd finish a pplying the c o nfig ura tio n file - this applies the valid parts of the configuration file and generates error logs for all of the configuration file's errors. This lets the Zyxel Device apply most of your configuration and you can refer to the logs for what to fix.
Ig no re e rro rs a nd finish a pplying the c o nfig ura tio n file a nd the n ro ll b a c k to the pre vio us
c o nfig ura tio n - this applies the valid parts of the configuration file, generates error logs for all of the configuration file's errors, and starts the Zyxel Device with a fully valid configuration file.
Click O K to have the Zyxel Device start applying the configuration file or click C a nc e l to close the screen.
This column displays the number for each configuration file entry. This field is a sequential value, and it is not associated with a specific address. The total number of configuration files that you can save depends on the sizes of the configuration files and the available flash storage space.
This column displays the label that identifies a configuration file.
You cannot delete the following configuration files or change their file names.
The syste m - de fa ult.c o nf file contains the Zyxel Device's default settings. Select this file and click Apply to reset all of the Zyxel Device settings to the factory defaults. This configuration file is included when you upload a firmware package.
The sta rtup- c o nfig .c o nf file is the configuration file that the Zyxel Device is currently using. If you make and save changes during your management session, the changes are applied to this configuration file. The Zyxel Device applies configuration changes made in the Web Configurator to the configuration file when you click Apply or O K. It applies configuration changes made via commands when you use the write command.
The la stg o o d.c o nf is the most recently used (valid) configuration file that was saved when the Zyxel Device last restarted. If you upload and apply a configuration file with an error, you can apply lastgood.conf to return to a valid configuration.
This column displays the size (in KB) of a configuration file.
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
227

Chapter 19 File Manager

Table 96 Maintenance > File Manager > Configuration File (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Last Modified

This column displays the date and time that the individual configuration files were last changed or saved.

Upload

The bottom part of the screen allows you to upload a new or previously saved configuration file

Configuration File from your computer to your Zyxel Device.

You cannot upload a configuration file named syste m - de fa ult.c o nf or la stg o o d.c o nf.

File Path Browse...
Upload

If you upload sta rtup- c o nfig .c o nf, it will replace the current configuration and immediately apply the new settings.
Type in the location of the file you want to upload in this field or click Bro wse ... to find it.
Click Bro wse ... to find the .conf file you want to upload. The configuration file must use a ".conf" filename extension. You will receive an error message if you try to upload a fie of a different format. Remember that you must decompress compressed (.zip) files before you can upload them.
Click Uplo a d to begin the upload process. This process may take up to two minutes.

19.2.1 Exa m ple o f C o nfig ura tio n File Do wnlo a d Using FTP
The following example gets a configuration file named startup-config.conf from the Zyxel Device and saves it on the computer.
1 Connect your computer to the Zyxel Device.
2 The FTP server IP address of the Zyxel Device in standalone mode is 192.168.1.2, so set your computer to use a static IP address from 192.168.1.3 ~192.168.1.254.
3 Use an FTP client on your computer to connect to the Zyxel Device. For example, in the Windows command prompt, type ftp 192.168.1.2. Keep the console session connected in order to see when the firmware recovery finishes.
4 Enter your user name when prompted.
5 Enter your password as requested.
6 Use "cd" to change to the directory that contains the files you want to download.
7 Use "dir" or "ls" if you need to display a list of the files in the directory.
8 Use "get" to download files. Transfer the configuration file on the Zyxel Device to your computer. Type get followed by the name of the configuration file. This examples uses get startup-config.conf.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
228

Chapter 19 File Manager
C:\>ftp 192.168.1.2 Connected to 192.168.1.2. 220---------- Welcome to Pure-FTPd [privsep] [TLS] ---------220-You are user number 1 of 5 allowed. 220-Local time is now 21:28. Server port: 21. 220-This is a private system - No anonymous login 220 You will be disconnected after 600 minutes of inactivity. User (192.168.1.2:(none)): admin 331 User admin OK. Password required Password: 230 OK. Current restricted directory is / ftp> cd conf 250 OK. Current directory is /conf ftp> ls 200 PORT command successful 150 Connecting to port 5001 lastgood.conf startup-config.conf system-default.conf 226 3 matches total ftp: 57 bytes received in 0.33Seconds 0.17Kbytes/sec. ftp> get startup-config.conf 200 PORT command successful 150 Connecting to port 5002 226-File successfully transferred 226 0.002 seconds (measured here), 1.66 Mbytes per second ftp: 2928 bytes received in 0.02Seconds 183.00Kbytes/sec. ftp>
9 Wait for the file transfer to complete.
10 Enter "quit" to exit the ftp prompt.
19.3 Firm wa re Pa c ka g e
Click Ma inte na nc e > File Ma na g e r > Firm wa re Pa c ka g e to open this screen. Use the Firm wa re Pa c ka g e screen to check your current firmware version and upload firmware to the Zyxel Device.
Note: The Web Configurator is the recommended method for uploading firmware. You only need to use the command line interface if you need to recover the firmware. See the CLI Reference Guide for how to determine if you need to recover the firmware and how to recover it.
Find the firmware package at www.zyxel.com in a file that (usually) uses a .bin extension.
The firm wa re upda te c a n ta ke up to five m inute s. Do no t turn o ff o r re se t the Zyxe l De vic e while the firm wa re upda te is in pro g re ss!
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
229

Chapter 19 File Manager Fig ure 138 Maintenance > File Manager > Firmware Package

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 97 Maintenance > File Manager > Firmware Package

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Boot Module

This is the version of the boot module that is currently on the Zyxel Device.

Current Version This is the firmware version and the date created.

Released Date This is the date that the version of the firmware was created.

File Path

Type in the location of the file you want to upload in this field or click Bro wse ... to find it.

Browse...

Click Bro wse ... to find the .bin file you want to upload. Remember that you must decompress compressed (.zip) files before you can upload them.

Upload

Click Uplo a d to begin the upload process. This process may take up to two minutes.

After you see the Firm wa re Uplo a d in Pro c e ss screen, wait two minutes before logging into the Zyxel Device again.
Note: The Zyxel Device automatically reboots after a successful upload.
The Zyxel Device automatically restarts causing a temporary network disconnect. In some operating systems, you may see the following icon on your desktop.
Fig ure 139 Network Temporarily Disconnected

After five minutes, log in again and check your new firmware version in the Da shbo a rd screen.
19.3.1 Exa m ple o f Firm wa re Uplo a d Using FTP
This procedure requires the Zyxel Device's firmware. Download the firmware package from www.zyxel.com and unzip it. The firmware file uses a .bin extension, for example, "600ABFH0C0.bin". Do the following after you have obtained the firmware file.
1 Connect your computer to the Zyxel Device. 2 The FTP server IP address of the Zyxel Device in standalone mode is 192.168.1.2, so set your computer to
use a static IP address from 192.168.1.3 ~192.168.1.254.
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
230

Chapter 19 File Manager
3 Use an FTP client on your computer to connect to the Zyxel Device. For example, in the Windows command prompt, type ftp 192.168.1.2. Keep the console session connected in order to see when the firmware recovery finishes.
4 Enter your user name when prompted.
5 Enter your password as requested.
6 Enter "hash" for FTP to print a `#' character for every 1024 bytes of data you upload so that you can watch the file transfer progress.
7 Enter "bin" to set the transfer mode to binary.
8 Transfer the firmware file from your computer to the Zyxel Device. Type put followed by the path and name of the firmware file. This examples uses put C:\ftproot\Zyxel Device_FW\600ABFH0C0.bin.
C:\>ftp 192.168.1.2 Connected to 192.168.1.2. 220---------- Welcome to Pure-FTPd [privsep] [TLS] ---------220-You are user number 1 of 5 allowed. 220-Local time is now 21:28. Server port: 21. 220-This is a private system - No anonymous login 220 You will be disconnected after 600 minutes of inactivity. User (192.168.1.2:(none)): admin 331 User admin OK. Password required Password: 230 OK. Current restricted directory is / ftp> hash Hash mark printing On ftp: (2048 bytes/hash mark) . ftp> bin 200 TYPE is now 8-bit binary ftp> put C:\ftproot\Zyxel Device_FW\600ABFH0C0.bin
9 Wait for the file transfer to complete.
10 Enter "quit" to exit the ftp prompt.
19.4 She ll Sc ript
Use shell script files to have the Zyxel Device use commands that you specify. Use a text editor to create the shell script files. They must use a ".zysh" filename extension.
Click Ma inte na nc e > File Ma na g e r > She ll Sc ript to open this screen. Use the She ll Sc ript screen to store, name, download, upload and run shell script files. You can store multiple shell script files on the Zyxel Device at the same time.
Note: You should include write commands in your scripts. If you do not use the write command, the changes will be lost when the Zyxel Device restarts. You could use multiple write commands in a long script.
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
231

Chapter 19 File Manager Fig ure 140 Maintenance > File Manager > Shell Script

Each field is described in the following table.

Table 98 Maintenance > File Manager > Shell Script

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Rename

Use this button to change the label of a shell script file on the Zyxel Device.

You cannot rename a shell script to the name of another shell script in the Zyxel Device.

Click a shell script's row to select it and click Re na m e to open the Re na m e File screen.

Specify the new name for the shell script file. Use up to 25 characters (including a-zA-Z09;`~!@#$%^&()_+[]{}',.=-).

Remove

Click O K to save the duplicate or click C a nc e l to close the screen without saving a duplicate of the configuration file.
Click a shell script file's row to select it and click De le te to delete the shell script file from the Zyxel Device.

Download Copy

A pop-up window asks you to confirm that you want to delete the shell script file. Click O K to delete the shell script file or click C a nc e l to close the screen without deleting the shell script file.
Click a shell script file's row to select it and click Do wnlo a d to save the configuration to your computer.
Use this button to save a duplicate of a shell script file on the Zyxel Device.

Click a shell script file's row to select it and click C o py to open the C o py File screen.

Specify a name for the duplicate file. Use up to 25 characters (including a-zA-Z09;`~!@#$%^&()_+[]{}',.=-).

Apply

Click O K to save the duplicate or click C a nc e l to close the screen without saving a duplicate of the configuration file.
Use this button to have the Zyxel Device use a specific shell script file.

#
File Name
Size
Last Modified
Upload Shell Script
File Path

Click a shell script file's row to select it and click Apply to have the Zyxel Device use that shell script file. You may need to wait awhile for the Zyxel Device to finish applying the commands.
This column displays the number for each shell script file entry.
This column displays the label that identifies a shell script file.
This column displays the size (in KB) of a shell script file.
This column displays the date and time that the individual shell script files were last changed or saved.
The bottom part of the screen allows you to upload a new or previously saved shell script file from your computer to your Zyxel Device.
Type in the location of the file you want to upload in this field or click Bro wse ... to find it.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
232

Chapter 19 File Manager

Table 98 Maintenance > File Manager > Shell Script (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Browse...

Click Bro wse ... to find the .zysh file you want to upload.

Upload

Click Uplo a d to begin the upload process. This process may take up to several minutes.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
233

C HA PTER 2 0 Dia g no stic s
20.1 O ve rvie w
Use the diagnostics screen for troubleshooting.
20.1.1 Wha t Yo u C a n Do in this C ha pte r
The Dia g no stic s screen (Section 20.2 on page 234) generates a file containing the Zyxel Device's configuration and diagnostic information if you need to provide it to customer support during troubleshooting.
20.2 Dia g no stic s
This screen provides an easy way for you to generate a file containing the Zyxel Device's configuration and diagnostic information. You may need to generate this file and send it to customer support during troubleshooting. All categories of settings and shell script files stored on the Zyxel Device will be included in the diagnostic file. Click Ma inte na nc e > Dia g no stic s> Dia g no stic s to open the Dia g no stic s screen. Click C o lle c t No w to have the Zyxel Device create a new diagnostic file. Fig ure 141 Maintenance > Diagnostics> Diagnostics
The De bug Info rm a tio n C e nte r screen then displays showing whether the collection is in progress, was successful, or has failed. When the data collection is done, click Do wnlo a d to save the most recent diagnostic file to a computer.
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
234

Chapter 20 Diagnostics Fig ure 142 Maintenance > Diagnostics: Debug Information Collector

20.3 Re m o te C a pture
Use this screen to capture network traffic going through the Zyxel Device connected to the Zyxel gateway or ZyWALL, and output the captured packets to a packet analyzer (also known as network or protocol analyzer) such as Wireshark.
Click Ma inte na nc e > Dia g no stic s> Re m o te C a pture to open the Re m o te C a pture screen.
Fig ure 143 Maintenance > Diagnostics> Remote Capture

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 99 Maintenance > Diagnostics> Remote Capture

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Server Port

Enter the number of the server port you want the packet analyzer to connect to in order to capture traffic going through the Zyxel Device. The default port number is 2002.

Start

Click this button to allow the packet analyzer to start capturing traffic going through the Zyxel Device.

Stop

Click this button to stop the packet analyzer from capturing traffic going through the Zyxel Device.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
235

C HA PTER 2 1 LEDs
21.1 O ve rvie w
The LEDs of your Zyxel Device can be controlled such that they stay lit (ON) or OFF after the Zyxel Device is ready. There are two features that control the LEDs of your Zyxel Device - Lo c a to r and Suppre ssio n (see Section 1.4 on page 19).
21.1.1 Wha t Yo u C a n Do in this C ha pte r
· The Suppre ssio n screen (Section 21.2 on page 236) allows you to set how you want the LEDs to behave after the Zyxel Device is ready.
· The Lo c a to r screen (Section 21.3 on page 237) allows users to see the actual location of the Zyxel Device between several devices in the network.
21.2 Suppre ssio n Sc re e n
The LED Suppression feature allows you to control how the LEDs of your Zyxel Device behave after it's ready. The default LED suppression setting of your AP is different depending on your Zyxel Device model. You can go to the Ma inte na nc e > LEDs > Suppre ssio n screen to see the default LED behavior and change the LED suppression setting. After you make changes in the suppression screen, it will be stored as the default when the Zyxel Device is restarted. See (Section 3.2 on page 37) for information on default values for different models. Note: When the ZyXEL Device is booting or performing firmware upgrade, the LEDs will light up
regardless of the setting in LED suppression. To access this screen, click Ma inte na nc e > LEDs > Suppre ssio n.
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
236

Chapter 21 LEDs Fig ure 144 Maintenance > LEDs > Suppression

The following table describes fields in the above screen.

Table 100 Maintenance > LED > Suppression

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Suppression On

If the Suppre ssio n O n check box is checked, the LEDs of your Zyxel Device will turn off after it's ready.

Apply Reset

If the check box is unchecked, the LEDs will stay lit after the Zyxel Device is ready. Click Apply to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device. Click Re se t to return the screen to its last-saved settings.

21.3 Lo c a to r Sc re e n
The Locator feature identifies the location of your Zyxel Device among several devices in the network. You can run this feature and set a timer in this screen.
To run the locator feature, enter a number of minutes and click Turn O n button to have the Zyxel Device find its location. The Locator LED will start to blink for the number of minutes set in the Lo c a to r screen. The default setting is 10 minutes. While the locator is running, the turn on button will gray out and return after it's finished. If you make changes to the time default setting, it will be stored as the default when the Zyxel Device restarts.
Note: The Locator feature is not affected by the Suppression setting.
To access this screen, click Ma inte na nc e > LEDs > Lo c a to r.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
237

Chapter 21 LEDs Fig ure 145 Maintenance > LEDs > Locator

The following table describes fields in the above screen.

Table 101 Maintenance > LED > Locator

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Turn On Turn Off

Click Turn O n button to activate the locator. The Locator function will show the actual location of the Zyxel Device between several devices in the network.
Otherwise, click Turn O ff to disable the locator feature.

Automatically Extinguish After

Enter a time interval between 1 and 60 minutes to stop the locator LED from blinking. Default is 10 minutes.

Apply

Click Apply to save changes in this screen.

Refresh

Click Re fre sh to update the information in this screen.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
238

C HA PTER 2 2 Ante nna Switc h
22.1 O ve rvie w
Use this screen to adjust coverage depending on the orientation of the antenna.
22.1.1 Wha t Yo u Ne e d To Kno w
Positioning the antennas properly increases the range and coverage area of a wireless LAN. On the Zyxel Device that comes with internal antennas and also has an antenna switch, you can adjust coverage depending on the antenna orientation for the Zyxel Device radios using the web configurator, the command line interface (CLI) or a physical switch. Check Section 1.4 on page 19 to see if your Zyxel Device has an antenna switch. Fig ure 146 WAC Physical Antenna Switch
Note: With the physical antenna switch, you apply the same antenna orientation settings to both radios. You can set the radios to have different settings while using the Web Configurator or the command line interface.
Note: The antenna switch in the Web Configurator has priority over the physical antenna switch after you Ena b le So ftwa re C o ntro l in the Ma inte na nc e > Ante nna screen. By default, software control is disabled.
22.2 Ante nna Switc h Sc re e n
To access this screen, click Ma inte na nc e > Ante nna . The screen varies depending on whether the Zyxel Device has a physical antenna switch or allows you to change antenna orientation settings on a per-radio basis or on a per-AP basis.
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
239

Chapter 22 Antenna Switch Fig ure 147 Maintenance > Antenna > Antenna Switch (Per Radio)
Fig ure 148 Maintenance > Antenna > Antenna Switch (Per AP)
If the Zyxel Device has a physical antenna switch, select the Ena b le So ftwa re C o ntro l option to use the Web Configurator to adjust coverage depending on each radio's antenna orientation for better coverage. Select Wa ll if you mount the Zyxel Device to a wall. Select C e iling if the Zyxel Device is mounted on a ceiling. You can switch from Wa ll to C e iling if there are still wireless dead zones, and vice versa. Click Apply to save your changes or click Re se t to return the screen to its last-saved settings.
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
240

C HA PTER 2 3 Re b o o t
23.1 O ve rvie w
Use this screen to restart the Zyxel Device.
23.1.1 Wha t Yo u Ne e d To Kno w
If you applied changes in the Web Configurator, these were saved automatically and do not change when you reboot. If you made changes in the CLI, however, you have to use the write command to save the configuration before you reboot. Otherwise, the changes are lost when you reboot. Reboot is different to reset; reset returns the Zyxel Device to its default configuration.
23.2 Re b o o t
This screen allows remote users can restart the Zyxel Device. To access this screen, click Ma inte na nc e > Re b o o t. Fig ure 149 Maintenance > Reboot
Click the Re bo o t button to restart the Zyxel Device. Wait a few minutes until the login screen appears. If the login screen does not appear, type the IP address of the Zyxel Device in your Web browser. You can also use the CLI command reboot to restart the Zyxel Device.
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
241

C HA PTER 2 4 Shutdo wn
24.1 O ve rvie w
Use this screen to shut down the Zyxel Device.
Alwa ys use Ma inte na nc e > Shutdo wn > Shutdo wn o r the shutdown
c o m m a nd b e fo re yo u turn o ff the Zyxe l De vic e o r re m o ve the po we r. No t do ing so c a n c a use the firm wa re to b e c o m e c o rrupt.
24.1.1 Wha t Yo u Ne e d To Kno w
Shutdown writes all cached data to the local storage and stops the system processes. Shutdown is different to reset; reset returns the Zyxel Device to its default configuration.
24.2 Shutdo wn
To access this screen, click Ma inte na nc e > Shutdo wn. Fig ure 150 Maintenance > Shutdown
Click the Shutdo wn button to shut down the Zyxel Device. Wait for the Zyxel Device to shut down before you manually turn off or remove the power. It does not turn off the power. You can also use the CLI command shutdown to shut down the Zyxel Device.
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
242

PA RT II
Lo c a l C o nfig ura tio n in C lo ud Mo de
243

C HA PTER 2 5 C lo ud Mo de
25.1 O ve rvie w
The Zyxel Device is managed and provisioned automatically by the NCC (Ne b ula Co ntro l Ce nte r) when it is connected to the Internet and has been registered in the NCC. If you need to change the Zyxel Device's VLAN setting or manually set its IP address, access its simplified web configurator (see Chapter 4 on page 55). You can check the NCC's Ac c e ss Po int > Mo nito r > Ac c e ss Po ints screen or the connected gateway for the Zyxel Device's current LAN IP address. Alternatively, disconnect the gateway or disable its DHCP server function and use the Zyxel Device's default static LAN IP address (192.168.1.2). Fig ure 151 Cloud Mode Application
25.2 C lo ud Mo de We b C o nfig ura to r Sc re e ns
When your Zyxel Device is managed through NCC, you can access only the following screens through the Web Configurator:
· Da shb o a rd · C o nfig ura tio n > Ne two rk > IP Se tting · C o nfig ura tio n > Ne two rk > VLAN
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
244

Chapter 25 Cloud Mode
· Ma inte na nc e > She ll Sc ript · Ma inte na nc e > Dia g no stic s · Ma inte na nc e > Lo g
These screens also have fewer options than those in standalone Zyxel Devices. The rest of the Zyxel Device's features must be configured through the NCC.
25.3 Da shb o a rd
This screen displays general AP information, and client information in widgets that you can re-arrange to suit your needs. You can also collapse, refresh, and close individual widgets. Fig ure 152 Dashboard

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 102 Dashboard

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

AP Information

MAC Address

This field displays the MAC address of the Zyxel Device.

Serial Number

This field displays the serial number of the Zyxel Device.

Product Model This field displays the model name of the Zyxel Device.

2.4G Channel Information

This field displays the channel number the Zyxel Device is using and its output power in the 2.4 GHz spectrum. This shows No t a c tiva te d if the wireless LAN is disabled.

5G Channel Information

This field displays the channel number the Zyxel Device is using and its output power in the 5 GHz spectrum. This shows No t a c tiva te d if the wireless LAN is disabled.

Ethernet

This field displays whether the Zyxel Device's Ethernet port is connected and the IP address of the gateway to which the Zyxel Device is connected.

Internet

This field displays whether the Zyxel Device is connecting to the Internet.

Nebula Connectivity Status

This field displays whether the Zyxel Device can connect to the Zyxel Nebula Control Center (NCC).

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
245

Table 102 Dashboard (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Nebula Control This field displays whether the Zyxel Device has been registered and can be managed by

Center

the NCC.

Activation Status

Use Proxy to Access NCC

This displays whether the NAP uses a proxy server to access the NCC (Nebula Control Center).

If the Zyxel Device cannot connect to the Internet or to NCC, an error message is shown on this screen, as in the following.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
246

C HA PTER 2 6 Ne two rk
26.1 O ve rvie w
This chapter describes how you can configure the management IP address and VLAN settings of your Zyxel Device in cloud mode. See Section 9.1 on page 96 for information about IP addresses. Note: Make sure your VLAN settings allow the Zyxel Device to connect to the Internet so you
could manage it with NCC.
26.1.1 Wha t Yo u C a n Do in this C ha pte r
· The IP Se tting screen (Section 26.2 on page 247) configures the Zyxel Device's LAN IP address. · The VLAN screen (Section 26.3 on page 249) configures the Zyxel Device's VLAN settings.
26.2 IP Se tting
Use this screen to configure the IP address for your Zyxel Device. To access this screen, click C o nfig ura tio n > Ne two rk > IP Se tting .
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
247

Chapter 26 Network Fig ure 153 Configuration > Network > IP Setting

Each field is described in the following table.

Table 103 Configuration > Network > IP Setting

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

IP Address Assignment

Get Automatically

Select this to make the interface a DHCP client and automatically get the IP address, subnet mask, and gateway address from a DHCP server.

Use Fixed IP Address

Select this if you want to specify the IP address, subnet mask, and gateway manually.

IP Address

Enter the IP address for this interface.

Subnet Mask

Enter the subnet mask of this interface in dot decimal notation. The subnet mask indicates what part of the IP address is the same for all computers in the network.

Gateway

DNS Server IP Address

Enter the IP address of the DNS server.

Use Proxy to Access If the Zyxel Device is behind a proxy server, you need to select this option and configure the

Internet

proxy server settings so that the Zyxel Device can access the NCC through the proxy server.

Proxy Server

Enter the IP address of the proxy server.

Proxy Port

Enter service port number used by the proxy server.

Authentication

Select this option if the proxy server requires authentication before it grants access to the Internet.

User Name

Enter your proxy user name.

Password

Enter your proxy password.

Apply

Click Apply to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device.

Reset

Click Re se t to return the screen to its last-saved settings.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
248

Chapter 26 Network
26.3 VLAN
This section discusses how to configure the Zyxel Device's VLAN settings. See Section 9.3 on page 100 for more information about VLAN. Use this screen to configure the VLAN settings for your Zyxel Device. To access this screen, click C o nfig ura tio n > Ne two rk > VLAN. Fig ure 154 Configuration > Network > VLAN

Each field is described in the following table.

Table 104 Configuration > Network > VLAN

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

VLAN Settings

Management VLAN ID

Enter a VLAN ID for the Zyxel Device.

Untagged/ Tagged

Set whether the Zyxel Device adds the VLAN ID to outbound traffic transmitted through its Ethernet port.

Apply

Click Apply to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device.

Reset

Click Re se t to return the screen to its last-saved settings.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
249

C HA PTER 2 7 Ma inte na nc e
27.1 O ve rvie w
When the Zyxel Device is set to work in cloud mode, the Ma inte na nc e screens let you mange shell script files on the Zyxel Device, generate a diagnostic file, or view log messages. See Chapter 19 on page 223 for information about shell scripts.
27.1.1 Wha t Yo u C a n Do in this C ha pte r
· The She ll Sc ript screen (Section 27.2 on page 250) stores, names, downloads, and uploads shell script files.
· The Dia g no stic s screen (Section 27.3 on page 251) generates a file containing the Zyxel Device's configuration and diagnostic information if you need to provide it to customer support during troubleshooting.
· The Lo g > Vie w Lo g screen (Section 27.4 on page 252) displays the Zyxel Device's current log messages when it is disconnected from the NCC.
27.2 She ll Sc ript
Use shell script files to have the Zyxel Device use commands that you specify. Use a text editor to create the shell script files. They must use a ".zysh" filename extension. Click Ma inte na nc e > She ll Sc ript to open this screen. Use the She ll Sc ript screen to store, name, download, and upload shell script files. You can store multiple shell script files on the Zyxel Device at the same time. Fig ure 155 Maintenance > Shell Script
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
250

Chapter 27 Maintenance

Each field is described in the following table.

Table 105 Maintenance > Shell Script

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Rename

Use this button to change the label of a shell script file on the Zyxel Device.

You cannot rename a shell script to the name of another shell script in the Zyxel Device.

Click a shell script's row to select it and click Re na m e to open the Re na m e File screen.

Specify the new name for the shell script file. Use up to 25 characters (including a-zA-Z09;`~!@#$%^&()_+[]{}',.=-).

Remove

Download Copy

Click a shell script file's row to select it and click C o py to open the C o py File screen.

Specify a name for the duplicate file. Use up to 25 characters (including a-zA-Z09;`~!@#$%^&()_+[]{}',.=-).

# File Name Size Last Modified Upload Shell Script File Browse... Upload

Click O K to save the duplicate or click C a nc e l to close the screen without saving a duplicate of the configuration file.
This column displays the number for each shell script file entry.
This column displays the label that identifies a shell script file.
This column displays the size (in KB) of a shell script file.
This column displays the date and time that the individual shell script files were last changed or saved.
The bottom part of the screen allows you to upload a new or previously saved shell script file from your computer to your Zyxel Device. Type in the location of the file you want to upload in this field or click Bro wse ... to find it. Click Bro wse ... to find the .zysh file you want to upload. Click Uplo a d to begin the upload process. This process may take up to several minutes.

27.3 Dia g no stic s
This screen provides an easy way for you to generate a file containing the Zyxel Device's configuration and diagnostic information. You may need to generate this file and send it to customer support during troubleshooting. All categories of settings and shell script files stored on the Zyxel Device will be included in the diagnostic file.
Click Ma inte na nc e > Dia g no stic s to open the Dia g no stic s screen. Click C o lle c t No w to have the Zyxel Device create a new diagnostic file.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
251

Chapter 27 Maintenance Fig ure 156 Maintenance > Diagnostics
The De bug Info rm a tio n C e nte r screen then displays showing whether the collection is in progress, was successful, or has failed. When the data collection is done, click Do wnlo a d to save the most recent diagnostic file to a computer. Fig ure 157 Maintenance > Diagnostics: Debug Information Collector
27.4 Vie w Lo g
The NCC periodically gathers log files from the devices being managed by it. Before the NCC pulls logs from the Zyxel Device or when the Zyxel Device is disconnected from the NCC, you can use this screen to view its current log messages. To access this screen, click Ma inte na nc e > Lo g . Note: When a log reaches the maximum number of log messages, new log messages
automatically overwrite existing log messages, starting with the oldest existing log message first. Events that generate an alert (as well as a log message) display in red. Regular logs display in black. Click a column's heading cell to sort the table entries by that column's criteria. Click the heading cell again to reverse the sort order.
NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
252

Chapter 27 Maintenance Fig ure 158 Maintenance > Log > View Log

The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 106 Maintenance > Log > View Log

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Show Filter / Hide Filter

Click this button to show or hide the filter settings.
If the filter settings are hidden, the Displa y, Em a il Lo g No w, Re fre sh, and C le a r Lo g fields are available.

Display Priority
Source Address Destination Address Source Interface Destination Interface Protocol Keyword
Search

If the filter settings are shown, the Displa y, Prio rity, So urc e Addre ss, De stina tio n Addre ss, So urc e Inte rfa c e , De stina tio n Inte rfa c e , Pro to c o l, Ke ywo rd, and Se a rc h fields are available.
Select the category of log message(s) you want to view. You can also view All Lo g s at one time, or you can view the De b ug Lo g .
This displays when you show the filter. Select the priority of log messages to display. The log displays the log messages with this priority or higher. Choices are: a ny, e m e rg , a le rt, c rit, e rro r, wa rn, no tic e , and info , from highest priority to lowest priority. This field is read-only if the C a te g o ry is De b ug Lo g .
This displays when you show the filter. Type the source IP address of the incoming packet that generated the log message. Do not include the port in this filter.
This displays when you show the filter. Type the IP address of the destination of the incoming packet when the log message was generated. Do not include the port in this filter.
This displays when you show the filter. Select the source interface of the packet that generated the log message.
This displays when you show the filter. Select the destination interface of the packet that generated the log message.
This displays when you show the filter. Select a service protocol whose log messages you would like to see.
This displays when you show the filter. Type a keyword to look for in the Me ssa g e , So urc e , De stina tio n and No te fields. If a match is found in any field, the log message is displayed. You can use up to 63 alphanumeric characters and the underscore, as well as punctuation marks ()' ,:;?! +-*/= #$% @ ; the period, double quotes, and brackets are not allowed.
This displays when you show the filter. Click this button to update the log using the current filter settings.

NWA/WAC/WAX Series User's Guide
253

Chapter 27 Maintenance

Table 106 Maintenance > Log > View Log (continued)

LA BEL

DESC RIPTIO N

Refresh

Click this to update the list of logs.

Clear Log

Click this button to clear the whole log, regardless of what is currently displayed on the screen.

This field is a sequential value, and it is not associated with a specific log message.

Time

This field displays the time the log message was recorded.

Priority

This field displays the priority of the log message. It has the same range of values as the Prio rity field above.